Screening Assay for Insecticides

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to polypeptides, preferably from  Drosophila melanogaster  (DmShal) as target for insecticides.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.13/127,505, filed Jun. 21, 2011, which is a National Stage applicationof International Application No. PCT/EP2009/064700, filed Nov. 5, 2009,which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/111,870,filed Nov. 6, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/139,667, filedDec. 22, 2008; U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/139,676, filed Dec.22, 2008; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/139,686, filed Dec.22, 2008; the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein byreference.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Insects cause many human and animal diseases. Insects are alsoresponsible for substantial agricultural and property damage resultingin economic loss. In spite of all the pesticide poison's used but alsomisused, insects still destroy over 30% of the world's food crops eachyear.

Many approaches have been developed in order to limit the damages causedby insects. One approach is the use of chemicals for insect control. Theproblem of many insecticides, for example like DDT, is the fact thatthey require a application in high concentrations and they have aunspecific, broad spectrum of activity. Chemical pesticides generallyaffect beneficial as well as nonbeneficial species. Many of them arepersistent in the environment and accumulate therefore in the foodchain.

Another approach are transgenic crops that express insecticidal toxins,such as protein toxins from the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis.

Insect pests tend to acquire resistance to all kinds of insecticidesbecause they have an exceptional ability to adapt to their environment,due to a mechanisms which leads to the rapid development of resistancein an insect population, such as short life cycles, a high reproductiverate and the ability to travel long distances. At the moment pestsexhibiting insecticide resistance is increasing.

Therefore, there is still a need to find effective and economicinsecticides with a very specific effect against insect pests. The moreeffective an insecticide is the less environmental hazard it creates.

This can be achieved by identification and isolation of a gene thatcodes for a protein which will control insect development and/orsurviving.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a potassium channel with the activityof a voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like), preferably from Drosophila melanogaster (DmSha1) as targetfor insecticides. In one embodiment the voltage-gated potassium channelSha1 is co-expressed with its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein), preferably its putative accessory proteinCG5890, the Drosophila KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)ortholog.

The present invention provides polypeptides with the activity of aninsect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like), preferably from Drosophila melanogaster (DmSha1) and itsaccessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein),preferably its putative accessory protein CG5890, the Drosophila KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) ortholog as targets forinsecticides, provides novel nucleic acid sequences encoding apolypeptide with the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassiumchannel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and its accessory proteinKChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) and functional equivalentsof the aforementioned nucleic acid sequences.

The present invention relates further to the use of a polypeptide withthe activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 and/orits accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) in amethod and in an assay for identifying insecticidally active compoundthat reduces the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channelSha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory proteinKChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein). Furthermore, theinvention relates to insecticidal compounds identified by the abovementioned method and the use of these compounds as insecticides.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a potassiumchannel with the activity of a Shaker potassium channel, preferably fromDrosophila melanogaster as target for insecticides. In one embodimentthe Shaker channel is co-expressed with a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster.

The present invention further provides polypeptides with the activity ofan insect Shaker channel, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster and aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtypein an screening assay for insecticides, provides novel nucleic acidsequences encoding a polypeptide with the activity of an insect Shakerchannel and a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit Aor C subtype and functional equivalents of the aforementioned nucleicacid sequences.

The present invention furthermore relates further to the use of apolypeptide with the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively in a method and in an assay for identifying insecticidallyactive compound that reduces the activity of an insect Shaker channeland a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or Csubtype respectively. Furthermore, the invention relates to insecticidalcompounds identified by the above mentioned method and the use of thesecompounds as insecticides.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a G-proteincoupled receptor (GPCR) with the activity of an octopamine receptor,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster as target for insecticides.

The present invention further provides polypeptides with the activity ofan octopamine receptor, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster in anscreening assay for insecticides, provides novel nucleic acid sequencesencoding a polypeptide with the activity of an octopamine receptor,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster and functional equivalents ofthe aforementioned nucleic acid sequences.

The present invention relates further to the use of a polypeptide withthe activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R in a method and in an assay for identifyinginsecticidally active compound that reduces the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R. Furthermore, the invention relates to insecticidalcompounds identified by the above mentioned method and the use of thesecompounds as insecticides.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a SK-channel astarget for insecticides. The present invention furthermore providespolypeptides with the activity of an insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel as targets for insecticides, providesnovel nucleic acid sequences encoding a polypeptide with the activity ofan insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel andfunctional equivalents of the aforementioned nucleic acid sequences.

The present invention relates further to the use of a polypeptide withthe activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel in a method and in an assay for identifying insecticidallyactive compound that reduces the activity of an insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel. Furthermore, the invention relates toinsecticidal compounds identitied by the above mentioned method and theuse of these compounds as insecticides.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1: Vector NTI-generated map of the primary Sha1 clone showing themajor features of the construct.

FIG. 2: Vector NTI-generated map of the primary KChIP clone showing themajor features of the construct.

FIG. 3: Vector maps of pcDNA3/AcGFP-Sha1 andpcDNA3/AcGFP-Sha1delN2-40aa.

FIG. 4: Patch clamp data for full length and truncated constructs Sha1and Sha1_delN when co-expressed with AmCyan as well as AcGFP-taggedversions (top); schematic representation of GFP-Sha1 pore mutant andpatch clamp data for wild type and pore mutant.

FIG. 5: Sha1_DelN clones tested on FLIPR with KCl depolarization.

FIG. 6: K channel blocker inhibition curves of known K-channel blockerstested on FLIPR.

FIG. 7: Screening Sha1_delN Clone10 subclones by KCl depolarization onFLIPR.

FIG. 8: Patch clamp data for clones 10-2, 10-3 and 10-6. IV curvesshowing the relationship of applied voltage to current.

FIG. 9: Sha1_DelN C10-3 cells at passage 12. Left panel—fluorescenceexcitation, right panel—normal light.

FIG. 10: Effect of BaCl2 on Sha1 channel activity on FLIPR.

FIG. 11: Sha1_delN C10-3 function on FLIPR at passage 20.

FIG. 12: CHO-K1 cells stably expressing Sha1_delN were either mocktransfected (lower line) or co-transfected with KChIP (upper line).

FIG. 13: Sha1/KChIP inhibition by arachidonic acid measured by wholecell patch-clamp; Right panel: Peak current amplitudes; Left panel:Integrated area.

FIG. 14: I/V curves for clones 18-13-6 and 18-13-20.

FIG. 15: Sha1/KChIP clone screening and Neo/Zeo control line.ScreenWorks screenshots showing primary FLIPR data and a reduced datatable for the 19 clones and the Neo/Zeo pool (middle panel, wells H4-6).

FIG. 16: Sha1/KChIP final subclone screening. Reduced FLIPR data fromsubclone screening resulting in the final cell line.

FIG. 17: Sha1/KChIP assay FLIPR response profiles.

FIG. 18: Effect of dye in activation buffer measured on FLIPR Tetra.

FIG. 19: Comparison of BD and Greiner 384-well assay plates.

FIG. 20: Cell density optimization measured on FLIPR.

FIG. 21: Dye concentration evaluation for Sha1/KChIP clones 18-13 and18-28.

FIG. 22: Effect of DMSO on Sha1/KChIP assay window size, standarddeviations and Z′ statistics.

FIG. 23: Effect of dye loading time on Sha1/KChIP assay window size,standard deviation and resulting Z′ statistic.

FIG. 24: The effects of pre-cooling cells to room temperature on theSha1/KChIP assay prior to dye-loading.

FIG. 25: Group-averaged primary FLIPR data and preliminary EC50 forSha1/KChIP18-13 cell line.

FIG. 26: Comparison of GraphPad Prism scatter plots showing maximum andminimum responses with resultant statistics of the Sha1/KChIP assay forMDC and Axygen FLIPR 384 tips.

FIG. 27: Determination of stability of reagents used in the Sha1/KChIP18-13 assay over time.

FIG. 28: Three-day minimum, midpoint and maximum statistics forSha1/KChIP 20 assay cells.

FIG. 29: Three-day KCl dose response curves and EC50s of Sha1/KChIP 20assay cells.

FIG. 30: Three-day amiloride dose response curves in Sha1/KChIP 20cells.

FIG. 31: Sha1/KChIP 20 direct-to-plate assay results.

FIG. 32: ScreenWorks screenshots showing primary FLIPR data for BIOMOLcompound screening in Sha1/KChIP 20 cells.

FIG. 33: Assay plate views showing percent inhibition of Sha1/KChIPresponse by BIOMOL compounds.

FIG. 34: Compound preparation protocol for BioFocus screening.

FIG. 35: Sha1/KChIP FLIPR BioFocus 1° screening—activation anddistribution of actives on Sha1/KChIP.

FIG. 35A: PCR products from the reactions described in Table A1.

FIG. 36: VectorNTi map of the final pExSelect_Shaker construct.

FIG. 37: Assay data for mock clones upon KCl injection.

FIG. 38: Assay data for Shaker and Hkvβ clones upon KCl injection.

FIG. 39: Re-test assay data for two mock clones and six clones each fromboth Shaker plus A or C subtype.

FIG. 40: A-3A10 signal stability at different cell passages.

FIG. 41: A-3A10 signal stability after freezing and thawing.

FIG. 42: TEA effect on A-3A10 clone.

FIG. 43: Hypertonic and isotonic solutions analysis.

FIG. 44: A-3A10 II limiting dilution clone selection at FLIPR384.

FIG. 45: n° 1 and n° 9 II limiting dilution clones analyzed atFLIPRTETRA.

FIG. 46: Cell density dependency and KCl dose-response.

FIG. 47: DMSO sensitivity: 10000 c/w-24 h.

FIG. 48: DMSO sensitivity: 7500 c/w-24 h.

FIG. 49: DMSO sensitivity: 5000 c/w-24 h.

FIG. 50: Clone stability in culture and after freezing/thawing: 10000,7500, 5000 c/w-24 h.

FIG. 51: EC50 reproducibility on three different days.

FIG. 52A: Patch clamp analysis of clone 3a10 subtype A.

FIG. 52B: Patch clamp analysis of clone 7d1 subtype C.

FIG. 53: a) Activation of Dm-Shaker in cells cultured for 10-11passages; b) Activation of Dm-Shaker in cells cultured for 17-20passages; c) Activation of Dm-Shaker in cells after thawing.

FIG. 54: The I-V relationship of voltage dependency of the activity ofDM-Shaker.

FIG. 55A: Schematic of calcium release from activation ofG-alpha-16-protein.

FIG. 55B: Vector maps of pcDNA3.1-OcrR for and pcDNA3.1-OcrR-GFP.

FIG. 55C: Fluorescence change in response to 1 μM and 100 nM octopamine.

FIG. 55D: Calcium-sensing Fluo-4 fluorescent dye response to octopamineor tyramine stimulation in CHO cells stably expressing G-alpha-16 andtransiently expressed tagged or untagged OctR-pcDNA3.1.

FIG. 56: Stable pool of zeocin-selected CHO— G-alpha-16 cells identifiedby green fluorescent protein expression.

FIG. 57: Screening of all GFP-positive monoclonal cell lines forresponse to octopamine.

FIG. 58: Response of clones #13 and #30 to octopamine on FLIPR Tetra.

FIG. 59: Single-cell response to octopamine for clones #13 and #30.

FIG. 60: OCTR clone 55 selection.

FIG. 61: Homogeneity assay of OCTR clone 55.

FIG. 62: Antagonist dose response curves and agonist dose responsecurves in transfected and parent cell lines analysed on FLIPR.

FIG. 63: Octopamine EC50 curves in different DMSO concentrations in 1stand 2nd additions.

FIG. 64: Graphical representation of effect of cell density measured onFLIP.

FIG. 65: Graphical representation of effect of dye concentration onassay window size.

FIG. 66: Graphical results of time course experiment of effect of dyeloading time.

FIG. 67: Graphical results of effect of different tip washings measuredon FLIPR.

FIG. 68: Octopamine and mianserin dose response curves run on threeseparate days in OCTR cells.

FIG. 69: A scatter plot of plate #7, showing the controls and test wellsfor the agonist portion of the screen (left) and antagonist portion ofthe screen (right).

FIG. 70: Vector map of pCRII-SK2+4D

FIG. 71: Vector map of pTriEx3 Neo SK

FIG. 72: Activation curves for CHO-K1 cells transfected with pTriEx3 NeoSK and activated with ionomycin.

FIG. 73: Activation curves comparing normal assay buffer and Ca2+ freebuffer.

FIG. 74: EC50 curves for SK/CHO-K1 and SK/pTx-CHO cells activated withincreasing amounts of ionomycin.

FIG. 75: Graphical representation of assay window size variability inrelation to dye loading time.

FIG. 76: Graphical representation of DMSO concentration effect onionomycin activation.

FIG. 77: Graphical representation of data used for statistically testingthe probability of a differential response occurring by chance in theassay.

FIG. 78: Graphical result for BAY K-8644 L-type Ca2+ channel agonist.

FIG. 79: Graphical result for Propafenone.

FIG. 80: Graphical result for tetraethylammonium (SK3) as percentbaseline.

FIG. 81: Graphical EC50 result for 4-aminopyridine (SK3-4) as a percentbaseline.

FIG. 82: Graphical EC50 results for propafenone (SK3).

FIG. 83: Graphical representation of characterization of DmSK expressionin CHO cells by functional expression assay.

FIG. 84: Graphical representation of the effect of Propafenone on DmSKexpressing CHO cells

FIG. 85: Graphical results of whole cell patch-clamp assay for DmSKexpressing CHO cells subjected to 70 μm propafenone.

FIG. 86: Schematic of an automated scheduled process for a single assayexperiment.

FIG. 87: Schematic of Tripos compound dilution file.

FIG. 88: Schematic of Divpick compound dilution control file.

FIG. 89: Schematic of Read 1 plate map.

FIG. 90: Schematic of Read 2 plate map.

FIG. 91: Screenshot of Batch Export statistics interface.

FIG. 92: Reference graph of activity of rat SK channel in oocyteexpression system.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides a insect voltage-gated potassium channelSha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory proteinKChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) as new target forinsecticides. The present invention puts further a method and an assayat disposal for identifying insecticidally active compounds that reducethe activity of a insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein).

The outward voltage-dependent K+ currents found in many Drosophilaembryonic and larval neurons arise from a mix of currents generated fromthe Shaker family members Shaw, Shab and Sha1 (Tsunoda, S. & L. Salkoll(1995) J Neuroscience. March; 15(3):1741-1754). Sha1 generates thetransient component (the “A-type” current) of these macroscopic K+currents and modulates these currents by, for example, causing a delayedcurrent spike in certain neurons (Yu, D., Feng, C. & A. Guo (1999) JNeurobiology. August; 40(2):158-70). Alternative splicing,post-translational modifications and other Sha1-associated processes arelikely responsible in part for the large repertoire of modulations seenin these neurons (Choi, J. C., Park, D. & L. C. Griffith (2004) JNeurophysiology. 91:2353-2365).

KChIP, a Kv4.x (Sha1) accessory protein, has been shown to dramaticallyincrease the trafficking of Sha1 to the cell membrane, probably bypromoting tetrameric channel assembly, and to cause distinct changes inSha1 channel gating properties (Kunjilwar, K., Strang, C., DeRubeis, D.& P. J. Pfaffinger (2004) J Biological Chemistry. December; 279(52):54542-54551).

Despite Sha1's role in neuronal transmission, the validation case forthis target remains to be established. Our in situ data indicatelow-levels of expression in the embryonic ventral nerve cord andvisceral musculature. In situs at the Berkeley Drosophila Genome Projectshow staining in embryonic/larval visceral muscle, longitudinal visceralmuscle fibers, ventral midline, and embryonic central nervous systemincluding the ventral nerve cord. DmSha1 mRNA is a rare transcript withan expression peak at mid-embryonic stages (in-house Lynx data). Thereare two intronic transposon insertion lines at the Harvard MedicalSchool Drosophila Stock Collection, but no viability data is associatedwith these, and no other Sha1 mutants are available. There is nomicroarray or northern data in the public domain.

No insecticide on the market has been identified as having modulation ofSha1 potassium channels as its primary mode of action, meaning that acompound does not merely contribute by a “side effect” to a insecticidalactivity, but its activity is the key lethal effect.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a insect Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively as new target for insecticides. The presentinvention puts further a method and an assay at disposal for identifyinginsecticidally active compounds that reduce the activity of a insectShaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv betasubunit A or C subtype respectively.

The Drosophila Hyperkinetic (Hk) mutations alter a gene encoding ahomolog of the mammalian K+ channel P subunit. Wang et al. (BiophysicalJournal Volume 71, December 1996, 3167-3176) have shown that the Hk Psubunit modulates a wide range of the Shaker (Sh) K+ current properties.Coexpression of Hk with Sh in Xenopus oocytes is also known fromCHOUINARD et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 92, pp. 6763-6767,July 1995 Neurobiology) which demonstrated that this coexpressionincreases current amplitudes and changes the voltage dependence andkinetics of activation and inactivation.

Surprisingly it was found, that the coexpression Shaker channel and aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively leads to a new screening assay for insecticides.

No insecticide on the market has been identified as having modulation ofShaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv betasubunit A or C subtype respectively as its primary mode of action,meaning that a compound does not merely contribute by a “side effect” toa insecticidal activity, but its activity is the key lethal effect.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides a insectoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R as new target for insecticides. The present invention putsfurther a method and an assay at disposal for identifying insecticidallyactive compounds that reduce the activity of a insect octopaminereceptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably fromDrosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R.

Octopamine, a biogenic monoamine structurally related to noradrenaline,is a major neurotransmitter, neuromodulator and neurohormone, mediatingdiverse physiological processes in peripheral and central nervous systemof invertebrates. Together with tyramine, octopamine is the onlyneuroactive non-peptide transmitter whose physiological role isrestricted to invertebrates.

The action of octopamine is mediated through various receptor classeslike oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R or Oct-beta-3R.

The fact that octopamine receptors can only/mainly be found ininvertebrates makes them a significant target for insecticides.Compounds that specifically modulate octopamine receptors shouldtherefore have low vertebrate toxicity. In addition to selectivity,octopamine receptors are a good target for insecticides due to itsneuronal expression. Together with tyramine, octopamine is the onlyneuroactive non-peptide transmitter whose physiological role isrestricted to invertebrates.

Although octopamine is a principal neuromediator in insects, itsreceptors have proven to be difficult to clone. To date, only a fewoctopamine receptors have been cloned.

The present invention puts a method at disposal for cloning octopaminereceptors and for introducing them in membranes, preferably of cells.Preferably additionally linked proteins are introduced in the membrane.

Octopamine receptors can modulate their action through cyclic AMPproduction or intracellular calcium release, dependent on the receptorisoform. Octopamine receptors, preferably oa2 endogenously signalsthough cAMP. A detection of the activity of the receptor is difficult.

Therefore the present invention puts a method at disposal to forcecoupling to calcium, which leads to calcium release upon its activation.The calcium release is measurable by fluorescent calcium sensing dyes.

Surprisingly it was found, that the expression of octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R and expression of apromiscuous G-alpha protein leads to a new screening assay forinsecticides.

GPCRs mediate signal transduction across a cell membrane upon thebinding of a ligand to an extracellular portion of a GPCR. Theintracellular portion of a GPCR interacts with a G-protein to modulatesignal transduction from outside to inside a cell. A GPCR is thereforesaid to be “coupled” to a G-protein. G-proteins are composed of threepolypeptide subunits: an α subunit, which binds and hydolyzes GTP, and adimeric βγ subunit. Certain G-proteins are considered “promiscuous”G-proteins because their G subunits allow them to couple with GPCRs thatnormally couple with G-proteins of other families.

No insecticide on the market has been identified as having modulation ofoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R as its primary mode of action, meaning that a compound doesnot merely contribute by a “side effect” to a insecticidal activity, butits activity is the key lethal effect.

In another embodiment, the present invention provides asmall-conductance calcium-activated potassium channel as new target forinsecticides. The present invention puts further a method and an assayat disposal for identifying insecticidally active compounds that reducethe activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel.

Calcium-activated potassium channels are a functionally diverse group ofion channels activated by an increase in intracellular calcium. Inmammals they are found in a majority of nerve cells where theycontribute to the shaping of action potentials and regulate neuronalexcitability. More specifically, their currents underlie the afterhyperpolarization that follows an action potential; they also appear tobe involved in neuronal firing frequency precision (for review see:Stocker et al., Nature Reviews Neuroscience 5, 2004).

This class of potassium channel exists in three general types based onsingle channel conductances. The large-, intermediate- andsmall-conductance channels are termed BK, IK and SK, respectively. InDrosophila, the genes are termed slo, slack and SK, respectively.

Each type of potassium ion channel shows a distinct pharmacologicalprofile. Potassium ion channels have been associated with a number ofphysiological processes, including regulation of heartbeat, dilation ofarteries, release of insulin, excitability of nerve cells, andregulation of renal electrolyte transport. Therefore potassium ionchannels are already known as a therapeutic target in the treatment of anumber of diseases as disclosed in WO 2005 099711 and US 2005 0239800.

Specifically, SK channels have been shown to have distinctpharmacological profiles. As disclosed in WO 2005 100349, differentcompounds were found with clinically relevant psycho activity usingpatch clamp techniques. The evaluated compounds are structurally relatedto tricyclic antidepressants and include amitriptyline, carbamazepine,chlorpromazine, cyproheptadine, imipramine, tacrine and trifluperazine.Each of the compounds tested was found to block SK2 channel currentswith micromolar affinity. A number of neuromuscular inhibiting agentsexist that affect SK channels, e. g. apamin, atracurium, pancuronium andtubocurarine (Shah et al., Br J Pharmacol 129: 627-30 (2000)).

Assays which use SK channels as target for pharmacological activecompounds for treatment of diseases are also described:

Recombinant rat brain SK2 channels were expressed in HEK293 mammaliancells to study by patch clamp technique the effect of centrally actingmuscle relaxant compounds, like chlorzoxazone (Cao et al., J. Pharmacol.Exp. Ther. 296: 683-689, 2001). The effect of metal ions on theactivation of recombinant human SK4 channels has also been studied bypatch clamp technique with transformed HEK293 cells (Cao et al., FEBS,446: 137-141, 1999).

A method of identifying a compound which increases or decreases thepotassium ion flux through a calcium-activated potassium SK channel isdescribed in WO 98/11139.

Until now, classical molecular targets in insects wereacetylcholinesterase, voltage-dependent sodium channels, ionotropicreceptors such as nicotinic acetylcholine and GABA receptors. Gautier etal. (J. Pharm. Exp. Therapeutics, jpet.107.128694, 2007) have broughtevidence for the participation of calcium-activated potassium channel asan indirect target in insecticide neurotoxicity. They demonstrated byknockdown of DUM (dorsal unpaired median) neuron. BK channels byantisense oligonucleotides treatment in DUM neurons from cockroaches(Periplaneta americana) that DMDS (dimethyl disulfide) inhibitscalcium-activated potassium currents.

Further specific toxins, which inhibit the activity Ca2+-activatedpotassium channels, have been identified from several organisms, themost well-known being apamin from bee venom as disclosed for example inU.S. Pat. No. 5,607,843.

Nevertheless, at the moment no insecticide on the market has beenidentified that has modulation of Ca2+-activated potassium channels,preferably of an SK channel, as its primary mode of action, meaning thata compound does not merely contribute by a “side effect” to ainsecticidal activity, but its activity is the key lethal effect.

In general, there is a great demand for the detection of polypeptideswhich might constitute novel targets for insecticides. The reasons arethe above mentioned resistance problems and the ongoing endeavor toidentify novel insecticidal active ingredients which are distinguishedby a wide as possible spectrum of action, ecological and toxicologicalacceptability and/or low application rates.

The present invention now provides an insect voltage-gated potassiumchannel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessoryprotein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) as targets forinsecticides and a method and an assay for identifying insecticidallyactive compound that reduces the activity of an insect voltage-gatedpotassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or itsaccessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein).

The present invention also provides an Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively as targets for insecticides and a method and an assay foridentifying insecticidally active compound that reduces the activity ofShaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv betasubunit A or C subtype respectively.

The present invention further provides an octopamine receptor selectedfrom the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R as targets forinsecticides and a method and an assay for identifying insecticidallyactive compound that reduces the activity of octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R.

The present invention furthermore provides an insect small-conductance.Ca2+-activated potassium channel as targets for insecticides and amethod and an assay for identifying insecticidally active compound thatreduces the activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activatedpotassium channel.

In practice, the detection of novel targets entails great difficultiessince the inhibition of the activity of a polypeptide frequently has nofurther effect on the survival of insects. This may be attributed to thefact that insects may switches to alternative activities, hence thenumber of protein-encoding genes is at least 3 fold higher than that ofmicroorganisms.

Furthermore, in the case of the SK-channel, with regard to the researchresults in human medicine, e.g. WO 2005 100349, which teaches that evena inhibition of the potassium ion flow through the potassium ionchannels is useful in the treatment of diseases, it was surprisinglythat the SK channels of the invention are targets for insecticides asthy influence their survival.

It is an object of the present invention to identify novel targets whichare essential for the development or survival of insects, and to providemethods which are suitable for identifying insecticidal activecompounds.

We have found that this object is achieved by the use of a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein).

One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method foridentifying an insecticidal active compound that reduces the activity ofa polypeptide with the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassiumchannel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessoryprotein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) which methodcomprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1        or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein), which is originally not present in        said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

In another embodiment, we have found that this object is achieved by theuse of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect Shaker channeland/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or Csubtype respectively.

One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method foridentifying an insecticidal active compound that reduces the activity ofa polypeptide with the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively which method comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,        preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, which        is originally not present in said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

In another embodiment, we have found that this object is achieved by theuse of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R.

One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method foridentifying an insecticidal active compound that reduces the activity ofa polypeptide with the activity of an insect octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R which method comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting        of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,        Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R, which is originally not present in        said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

In another embodiment, we have found that this object is achieved by theuse of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel.

One embodiment of the present invention is directed to a method foridentifying a insecticidally active compound that reduces the activityof an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel whichmethod comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an, insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel,        which is originally not present in said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

According to the present invention, a membrane is a structure like asemipermeable sheet or layer which acts as a barrier between two phasesor solutions, whereby the membrane is solvent permeable, preferablywater permeable. In one embodiment the membrane is a biologicalmembrane, biomembrane or a lipid layer or lipid bilayer. The membrane ispreferably composed of a fluid lipid bilayer. In one embodiment themembrane is the outer surface of a cell, cell compartment, vesicle,liposomes (vesicles made of phospholipids which are amphiphilicmolecules), polymer vesicles or synthosomes.

Polymer vesicles are often referred as “polymersomes”, which have beenstudied in detail and progress has been summarized in reviews [Discheret al., Science 2002, 297; 967 973]. Polymersomes or polymer vesiclesconsist of self-assembled di- or triblock copolymers.

The Synthosome, which is a functionalized nanocompartment system, hasbeen developed for putative biotechnological applications [Nardin etal., Chem. Commun. 2000, 1433 1434]. A Synthosome is a hollow sphereconsisting of a mechanically stable vesicle with a block copolymermembrane and an engineered transmembrane protein acting as the selectivegate.

The, preferably insect, voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) of the invention is assembled orintercalated, embedded or integrated, terms which are synonymously andinterchangeable, in the membrane.

The, preferably insect, Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively of theinvention is assembled or intercalated, embedded or integrated, termswhich are synonymously and interchangeable, in the membrane.

The, preferably insect, octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R of the invention is assembled orintercalated, embedded or integrated, terms which are synonymously andinterchangeable, in the membrane.

The insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel isassembled or intercalated, embedded or integrated, terms which aresynonymously and interchangeable, in the membrane.

For the purposes of the invention, as a rule the plural is intended toencompass the singular and vice versa.

Unless otherwise specified, the terms “polynucleotides”, “nucleic acid”and “nucleic acid molecule” are interchangeably in the present context.Unless otherwise specified, the terms “peptide”, “polypeptide” and“protein” are interchangeably in the present context. The term“sequence” may relate to polynucleotides, nucleic acids, nucleic acidmolecules, peptides, polypeptides and proteins, depending on the contextin which the term “sequence” is used. The terms “gene(s)”,“polynucleotide”, “nucleic acid sequence”, “nucleotide sequence”, or“nucleic acid molecule(s)” as used herein refers to a polymeric form ofnucleotides of any length, either ribonucleotides ordeoxyribonucleotides. The terms refer only to the primary structure ofthe molecule.

Thus, the terms “gene(s)”, “polynucleotide”, “nucleic acid sequence”,“nucleotide sequence”, or “nucleic acid molecule(s)” as used hereininclude double- and single-stranded DNA and RNA. They also include knowntypes of modifications, for example, methylation, “caps”, substitutionsof one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog.Preferably, the DNA or RNA sequence comprises a coding sequence encodingthe herein defined polypeptide.

A “coding sequence” is a nucleotide sequence, which is transcribed intoa RNA, e.g. a regulatory RNA, such as a miRNA, a ta-siRNA, cosuppressionmolecule, a RNAi, a ribozyme, etc. or into a mRNA which is translatedinto a polypeptide when placed under the control of appropriateregulatory sequences. The boundaries of the coding sequence aredetermined by a translation start codon at the 5′-terminus and atranslation stop codon at the 3′-terminus. A coding sequence caninclude, but is not limited to mRNA, cDNA, recombinant nucleotidesequences or genomic DNA, while introns may be present as well undercertain circumstances.

As used in the present context a nucleic acid molecule may alsoencompass the untranslated sequence located at the 3′ and at the 5′ endof the coding gene region, for example at least 500, preferably 200,especially preferably 100, nucleotides of the sequence upstream of the5′ end of the coding region and at least 100, preferably 50, especiallypreferably 20, nucleotides of the sequence downstream of the 3′ end ofthe coding gene region. In the event for example the antisense, RNAi,snRNA, dsRNA, siRNA, miRNA, ta-siRNA, cosuppression molecule, ribozymeetc. technology is used coding regions as well as the 5′- and/or3′-regions can advantageously be used.

However, it is often advantageous only to choose the coding region forcloning and expression purposes.

“Polypeptide” refers to a polymer of amino acid (amino acid sequence)and does not refer to a specific length of the molecule. Thus peptidesand oligopeptides are included within the definition of polypeptide.This term does also refer to or include post-translational modificationsof the polypeptide, for example, glycosylations, acetylations,phosphorylations and the like. Included within the definition are, forexample, polypeptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid(including, for example, unnatural amino acids, etc.), polypeptides withsubstituted linkages, as well as other modifications known in the art,both naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring.

The terms “comprise” or “comprising” and grammatical variations thereofwhen used in this specification are to be taken to specify the presenceof stated features, integers, steps or components or groups thereof, butnot to preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features,integers, steps, components or groups thereof.

The terms “reduction”, “repression”, “decrease” or “inhibition” relateto a corresponding change of a property in an organism, a part of anorganism such as a tissue, or in a cell. Under “change of a property” itis understood that the activity is changed in a specific volume or in aspecific amount of protein relative to a corresponding volume or amountof protein of a control, reference or wild type.

The terms “reduction”, “repression”, “decrease” or “inhibition” includethe change of said property in only parts of the subject of the presentinvention, for example, the modification can be found in compartment ofa cell, like an organelle, or in a part of a organism, like tissue,wing, leg, trunk etc. . . . . Preferably, the “reduction”, “repression”,“decrease” or “inhibition” is found cellular, thus the term “reduction,decrease or inhibition of an activity” relates to the cellularreduction, decrease or inhibition compared to the wild type cell or tothe control cell.

Accordingly, the term “reduction”, “repression”, “decrease” or“inhibition” means that the specific activity of a gene product, aprotein or a regulatory RNA as well as the amount of a compound ormetabolite, e.g. of a polypeptide, a nucleic acid molecule, a ion or anencoding mRNA or DNA, can be reduced, decreased or inhibited in aspecific volume. The terms “reduction”, “repression”, “decrease” or“inhibition” include that the reason for said “reduction”, “repression”,“decrease” or “inhibition” can be a chemical compound that isadministered to the organism or part thereof.

The terms “reduction”, “repression”, or “decrease” are exchangeable. Theterm “reduction” shall include the terms “repression”, “decrease” or“inhibition” if not otherwise specified.

Reduction is also understood as meaning the modification of theactivity. In this context, the function or activity, e.g. the“functional activity” or the “biological activity”, is reduced by atleast 10%, advantageously 20%, preferably 30%, especially preferably40%, 50% or 60%, very especially preferably 70%, 80%, 85% or 90% ormore, very especially preferably are 95%, more preferably are 99% ormore in comparison to the control, reference or wild type. Mostpreferably the reduction, decrease or deletion in activity amounts toessentially 100%. Thus, a particularly advantageous embodiment is theinactivation, e.g. inhibition of the function of a compound, e.g. apolypeptide or a nucleic acid molecule.

The terms “wild type”, “control” or “reference” are exchangeable and canbe a cell or a part of organisms such as an organelle or a tissue, or anorganism, in particular an insect, which was not modified or treatedaccording to the herein described process according to the invention.Accordingly, the cell or a part of organisms such as an organelle or atissue, or an organism, in particular an insect used as wild type,control or reference corresponds to the cell, organism or part thereofas much as possible and is in any other property but in the result ofthe process of the invention as identical to the subject matter of theinvention as possible. Thus, the wild type, control, or reference istreated identically or as identical as possible, saying that onlyconditions or properties might be different which do not influence thequality of the tested property.

Preferably, any comparison is carried out under analogous conditions.The term “analogous conditions” means that all conditions such as, forexample, culture or growing conditions, assay conditions (such as buffercomposition, temperature, substrates, pathogen strain, concentrationsand the like) are kept identical between the experiments to be compared.

The “reference”, “control”, or “wild type” is preferably a subject, e.g.an organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organism, in particular an insect,which was not modified or treated according to the herein describedprocess of the invention and is in any other property as similar to thesubject matter of the invention as possible. The reference, control, orwild type is in its genome, transcriptome, proteome or metabolome assimilar as possible to the subject of the present invention. Preferably,the term “reference-” “control-” or “wild type-”-organelle, -cell,-tissue or -organism, relates to an organelle, cell, tissue or organism,which is nearly genetically identical to the organelle, cell, tissue ororganism, of the present invention or a part thereof preferably 95%,more preferred are 98%, even more preferred are 99.00%, in particular99.10%, 99.30%, 99.50%, 99.70%, 99.90%, 99.99%, 99.999% or more. Mostpreferable the “reference”, “control”, or “wild type” is a subject, e.g.an organelle, a cell, a tissue, an organism, which is geneticallyidentical to the organism, cell or organelle used according to theprocess of the invention except that the responsible or activityconferring nucleic acid molecules or the gene product encoded by themare amended, manipulated, exchanged or introduced according to theinventive process.

Preferably, the reference, control or wild type differs form the subjectof the present invention only in the activity of the polypeptide of theinvention or the polypeptide used in the method of the invention.

“Significant decrease”: referring to the activity of the polypeptideencoded by a nucleic acid sequence according to the invention, this isunderstood as meaning a decrease in activity of the polypeptide treatedwith a test compound in comparison with the control. e.g. in comparisonwith the activity of the polypeptide which has not been incubated withthe test compound, with a magnitude outside a measurement error.

Reference to the “functional activity” of an ion channel should beunderstood as a reference to any one or more of the functions and/ortraits which an ion channel performs or is involved in.

Reference to the “functional activity” of an octopamine receptor shouldbe understood as a reference to any one or more of the functions and/ortraits which an octopamine receptor performs or is involved in.

In one embodiment the term “functional activity” or “biologicalactivity” of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect voltage-gatedpotassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or itsaccessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) isdefined by the transport of potassium ions across membranes.

In another embodiment the term “functional activity” or “biologicalactivity” of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect Shaker channeland/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or Csubtype respectively is defined by the transport of potassium ionsacross membranes.

In another embodiment the term “functional activity” or “biologicalactivity” of a polypeptide with the activity of an octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oat, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is defined by the fact,that octopamine receptors are selectively blocked by α-adrenergicantagonists and activated by α-adrenergic agonists.

In another embodiment the term “functional activity” or “biologicalactivity” of a polypeptide with the activity of an insectsmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel is defined by thetransport of potassium ions across membranes. This transport isactivated by calcium ions, with a half maximal activation or Ca2+sensitivity K0.5 selected from the group of intervals 200-1000 nM,300-900 nM, 300-800 nM and 400-800 nM. The SK channels of the inventionhave a single-channel conductance selected from the group of intervals2-20 pS, 3-20 pS, 4-15 pS, 5-12 pS and 5-10 pS. The biological activityof a polypeptide of the invention is apamine-insensitive.

The term “activity” of a compound refers to the function of a compoundin a biological system such as a cell, an organ or an organism. Forexample, the term “activity” of a compound refers to the enzymaticfunction, regulatory function or its function as binding partner,transporter, regulator, or carrier, etc of a compound.

Insecticidal activity of a compound refers to the ability of saidcompound to kill or paralyze insects, or to inhibit the insectdevelopment or growth in such a manner that the insects provide lessdamage. Compounds having insecticidal activity are also referred to astoxic to insects. Insecticidal activity of a compound induce not just todeath of insects, but also include other detrimental effects on insectssuch as sickness, anti-feedant activity, growth retardation, reducedreproductive ability and reduced fecundity.

A compound with a insecticidal activity as used herein is a“insecticide”. The term “insecticide” generally refers to chemicals,biological agents, and other compounds that adversely affect insectviability, e.g., that kill, paralyze, sterilize or otherwise disableinsect species in the areas of agricultural crop protection, human andanimal health.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium        channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its        accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a an insect        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34        respectively or one or more motifs as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 35,        36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51,        52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,        65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71 respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 3, 4; 7, 8; 11, 12; 15, 16; 19,        20; 23, 24; 27, 28 and/or 31, 32 respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a an insect        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), g), h), i) or j),for example a Sha1_delN mutant, which has an N-terminal deletion for the2-40 amino acid coding region.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide with the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channelSha1 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18 and/or 22 or homologthereof and/or a Sha1_delN mutant, which has an N-terminal deletion forthe 2-40 amino acid coding region linked to a polypeptide with theactivity of its accessory protein KChIP as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 26and/or 30 or homolog thereof.

In another embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising thepolypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleic acid molecule shown inSEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide comprising a polypeptidesequence according to SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of an insectShaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv betasubunit A or C subtype respectively;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a an insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectivelyor one or more motifs as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108,109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95; 96, 97; 98, 99and/or 100, 101 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a aninsect. Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferablyH-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) orj), whereby the nucleic acid molecule comprises a Kozak sequence (e.g.ACCATG).

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) orj), whereby the nucleic acid molecule comprises a sequence coding for a400 bp or 500 bp 5′-fragment of the Shaker channel, preferablycomprising the Shaker ATG codon, preferably together with a properKozak, and/or 1770 bp fragment of the Shaker channel and/or for aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises any combination of at least a polypeptideselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 and83 or a functional equivalent or homologue thereof and a polypeptideselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 85 and 87 or afunctional equivalent or homologue thereof.

In another embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145,149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157,161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of an insectoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a an insect octopamine receptor selected fromthe group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster,Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 180, 181,182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193,194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218,219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140; 143, 144; 147, 148;151, 152; 155, 156, 159, 160; 163, 164; 167, 168; 171, 172 and/or 175,176;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a an insectoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) orj) and additionally a marker protein, e.g. GFP, whereby it is preferablylinked with the polypeptide of the invention, e.g. encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group as depicted above under item a),b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) or j).

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 46 encoded by a nucleic acidmolecule as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 173 or a homolog thereof.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) orj) and additionally a “promiscuous” G-protein, whose G subunits allowthe G-proteins to couple with GPCRs that normally couple with G-proteinsof other families, whereby the “promiscuous” G-protein is preferablylinked with the polypeptide of the invention, e.g. encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group as depicted above under item a),b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) or j).

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), g), h), i) or j)and additionally a marker protein, e.g. GFP, and/or additionally a“promiscuous” G-protein, whereby marker protein and/or the “promiscuous”G-protein is preferably linked with the polypeptide of the invention,e.g. encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group asdepicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) or j).

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 46 encoded by a nucleic acidmolecule as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 173 or a homolog thereof andadditionally a “promiscuous” G-protein whereby the protein is preferablylinked with the.

In one embodiment the “promiscuous” G-protein is a promiscuousG-alpha-16-protein or a homolog thereof.

In another embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:228, 230, 232;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234, 235, 236; and 237, 238 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

In one embodiment the method of the invention is implemented with amembrane which comprises at least a functional equivalent or homologueof a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup as depicted above under item a), b), c), d), e), f), g), h), i) orj).

The term “functional equivalent” of a polypeptide as depicted above is apolypeptide which confers essentially the activity of a polypeptide asdepicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the caseof the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO:73,75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-protein coupledreceptor SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166,170 and/or 174 and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 228, 230,232.

The term “functional equivalent” of a nucleic acid molecule as depictedabove is a polynucleotide which confers essentially the activity of anucleic acid molecule as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25and/or 29, in the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, in the case ofthe G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149,153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173 and in the case of the SK-channel SEQID NO: 227, 229, 231.

In accordance with the invention, a protein or polypeptide has theactivity of a polypeptide as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18,22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of the shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 130, 134,138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174 and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO:228, 230, 232 if the reduction, repression,decrease or inhibition of its activity mediates a decrease of potassiumflux through the membrane.

In accordance with the invention, a nucleic acid molecule orpolynucleotide has the activity of a nucleic acid molecule as depictedin SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of theshaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76,78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptorSEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or173 and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231 if thereduction, repression, decrease or inhibition of its expression mediatesa decrease of potassium flux through the membrane.

Homologues (=homologs) of the polypeptide of the present invention, inparticular homologues of a polypeptide which is encoded by or which iscomprising a nucleic acid molecule as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13,17, 21, 25 and/or 29, or a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide, theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively′ orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35,36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,69, 70 and/or 71 respectively, can be derived from any organisms as longas the homologue confers the herein mentioned activity, i.e. it is afunctional equivalent of said molecules.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,homologues (=homologs) of the polypeptide of the present invention, inparticular homologues of a polypeptide which is encoded by or which iscomprising a nucleic acid molecule as shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76,78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, or a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide,the consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127and/or 128 respectively, can be derived from any organisms as long asthe homologue confers the herein mentioned activity, i.e. it is afunctional equivalent of said molecules.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, homologues (=homologs) ofthe polypeptide of the present invention, in particular homologues of apolypeptide which is encoded by or which is comprising a nucleic acidmolecule as shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157,161, 165, 169 and/or 173, or a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide,the consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226respectively, can be derived from any organisms as long as the homologueconfers the herein mentioned activity, i.e. it is a functionalequivalent of said molecules.

In the case of the SK-channel, homologues (=homologs) of the polypeptideof the present invention, in particular homologues of a polypeptidewhich is encoded by or which is comprising a nucleic acid molecule asshown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231, or a polypeptide comprising thepolypeptide, the consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one ormore motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241,242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253, can bederived from any organisms as long as the homologue confers the hereinmentioned activity, i.e. it is a functional equivalent of saidmolecules.

Further, according to the present invention, the term “homologue”relates to the sequence of an organism having preferably the highest oressentially the highest sequence homology to the herein mentioned orlisted sequences of all expressed sequences of said organism.

The person skilled in the art knows how to find, identify and confirm,that a putative homologue has the same activity as described herein. Ifknown, the biological function or activity in an organism essentiallyrelates or corresponds to the activity or function as described for thegenes mentioned in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in thecase of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO:72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, in the case of the G-proteincoupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161,165, 169 and/or 173, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227,229, 231.

Accordingly, in one embodiment, the homologue or the functionalequivalent comprises the sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule comprising a sequence indicated in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13,17, 21, 25 and/or 29 or a polypeptide sequence as depicted in SEQ ID NO:2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, a consensus sequence as shown in SEQID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively or one or more motifs selected from thegroup consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59,60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71 respectively or itis the expression product of a nucleic acid molecule comprising apolynucleotide indicated in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or30.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,accordingly, in one embodiment, the homologue or the functionalequivalent comprises the sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleicacid molecule comprising a sequence indicated in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76,78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86 or a polypeptide sequence as depicted in SEQ IDNO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87, a consensus sequence as shownin SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively or one or more motifs selectedfrom the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109,110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123,124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively or it is theexpression product of a nucleic acid molecule cornprising apolynucleotide indicated in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or87.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, accordingly, in oneembodiment, the homologue or the functional equivalent comprises thesequence of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprisinga sequence indicated in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153,157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173 or a polypeptide sequence as depicted inSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174, a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectivelyor it is the expression product of a nucleic acid molecule comprising apolynucleotide indicated in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150,154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174.

In the case of the SK-channel, accordingly, in one embodiment, thehomologue or the functional equivalent comprises the sequence of apolypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequenceindicated in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231 or a polypeptide sequence asdepicted in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232, a consensus sequence as shown inSEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifs selected from the group consistingof SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250,251, 252 and 253 or it is the expression product of a nucleic acidmolecule comprising a polynucleotide indicated in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230,232.

The herein disclosed information about sequence, activity, consensussequence, polypeptide motifs and tests leads the person skilled in theart to the respective homologous or functional equivalent expressionproduct in an organism.

In one embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides of theinvention is derived from an insect and has a sequence identity of atleast 50% and preferably has essentially the same or a similar activityof an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively.

In another embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides of theinvention is derived from an insect and has a sequence identity of atleast 50% and preferably has essentially the same or a similar activityof a Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kvbeta subunit A or C subtype respectively.

In another embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides of theinvention is derived from an insect and has a sequence identity of atleast 50% and preferably has essentially the same or a similar activityof a octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

In a further embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides ofthe invention is derived from an insect and has a sequence identity ofat least 50% and preferably has essentially the same or a similaractivity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel.

In one embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides of theinvention is derived from a insect, preferably from a insect selectedfrom the group consisting of Pterygota, Neopetra, Hemiptera,Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Homoptera, Tenebrionoidea,Tenebrionidae, Tenebrio, Sternorrhyncha, Aphidina, Brachycera,Drosophilidae, Drosophilinae and Drosophila and has a sequence identityof at least 50% and preferably has essentially the same or a essentiallysimilar activity of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, or

ii) a Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kvbeta subunit A or C subtype respectively, or

iii) a octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

In one embodiment, the homolog of any one of the polypeptides of theinvention is derived from

i) Drosophila melanogaster, southern armyworm, tribolium, brown planthopper, or

ii) Drosophila melanogaster, southern armyworm, tribolium, green peachaphid, cotton aphid and/or black bean aphid, or

iii) Drosophila melanogaster, southern armyworm (Spodoptera eridania),Red Fluor Beetle (Tribolium castaneum), Green Peach Aphid (Myzuspersicae), and Silverleaf Whitefly (Bemisia argentifolii), or

iv) a insect, preferably from a insect selected from the groupconsisting of Pterygota, Neopetra, Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera,Diptera, Homoptera, Tenebrionoidea, Tenebrionidae, Tenebrio,Sternorrhyncha, Aphidina, Brachycera, Drosophilidae, Drosophilinae andDrosophila and has a sequence identity of at least 50% and preferablyhas essentially the same or a essentially similar activity of an insectsmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

The functional equivalent or homologs of the polypeptide of theinvention have the activity of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, or

ii) an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, or

iii) an insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting ofoa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel

and an amino acid sequence that has at least an identity of 55%, 56%,57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62% or 63% preferably at least, 64%, 65%, 66%,67%, 68% or 69% more preferably at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%,76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84% or 85% most preferably 86%,87%, 88%, 89% or 90% especially preferably at least 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%,95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity with a polypeptide as shown in thesequences selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14,18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of the shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 130, 134,138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174, and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232.

“Functional equivalents” describe, in the present context, nucleic acidsequences which hybridize under standard conditions with the nucleicacid sequence encoding a polypeptide with the biological activity of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, or

ii) an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, or

iii) an octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel

or parts of the aforementioned nucleic acid sequence, which are capableof bringing about the expression, in a cell or an organism, of apolypeptide with the biological activity of a of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, or

ii) an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, or

iii) an insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting ofoa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

To carry out the hybridization, it is advantageous to use shortoligonucleotides with a length of approximately 10-50 bp, preferably15-40 bp, for example of the conserved or other regions, which can bedetermined in the manner with which the skilled worker is familiar bycomparisons with other related genes. However, longer fragments of thenucleic acids according to the invention with a length of 100-500 bp, orthe complete sequences, may also be used for hybridization. Depending onthe nucleic acid/oligonucleotide used, the length of the fragment or thecomplete sequence, or depending on which type of nucleic acid, i.e. DNAor RNA, is being used for the hybridization, these standard conditionsvary. Thus, for example, the melting temperatures for DNA:DNA hybridsare approximately 10° C. lower than those of DNA:RNA hybrids of the samelength.

Standard hybridization conditions are to be understood as meaning,depending on the nucleic acid, for example temperatures of between 42and 58° C. in an aqueous buffer solution with a concentration of between0.1 to 5×SSC (1×SSC=0.15 M NaCl, 15 mM sodium citrate, pH 7.2) oradditionally in the presence of 50% formamide, such as, for example, 42°C. in 5×SSC, 50% formamide. The hybridization conditions for DNA:DNAhybrids are advantageously 0.1×SSC and temperatures of betweenapproximately 20° C. and 65° C., preferably between approximately 30° C.and 45° C. In the case of DNA:RNA hybrids, the hybridization conditionsare advantageously 0.1×SSC and temperatures of between approximately 30°C. and 65° C., preferably between approximately 45° C. and 55° C. Thesehybridization temperatures which have been stated are meltingtemperature values which have been calculated by way of example for anucleic acid with a length of approx. 100 nucleotides and a G+C contentof 50% in the absence of formamide. The experimental conditions for DNAhybridization are described in specialist textbooks of genetics such as,for example, in Sambrook et al., “Molecular Cloning”, Cold Spring HarborLaboratory, 1989, and can be calculated using formulae with which theskilled worker is familiar, for example as a function of the length ofthe nucleic acids, the type of the hybrids or the G+C content. Theskilled worker will find further information on hybridization in thefollowing textbooks: Ausubel et al. (eds), 1985, Current Protocols inMolecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York; Hames and Higgins (eds),1985, Nucleic Acids Hybridization: A Practical Approach, IRL Press atOxford University Press, Oxford; Brown (ed), 1991, Essential MolecularBiology: A Practical Approach, IRL Press at Oxford University Press,Oxford. A functional equivalent is furthermore also understood asmeaning in particular natural or artificial mutations of the respectivenucleic acid sequences of the protein encoded by the nucleic acidsequences according to the invention and their homologs from otherorganisms.

Thus, the present invention also encompasses, for example, thosenucleotide sequences which are obtained by modification of the nucleicacid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in thecase of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO:72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, in the case of the G-proteincoupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161,165, 169 and/or 173, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227,229, 231. For example, such modifications can be generated by techniqueswith which the skilled worker is familiar, such as “Site DirectedMutagenesis”, “Error Prone PCR”, “DNA shuffling” (Nature 370, 1994, pp.389-391) or “Staggered Extension Process” (Nature Biotechnol. 16, 1998,pp. 258-261). The purpose of such a modification can be, for example,the insertion of further cleavage sites for restriction enzymes, theremoval of DNA in order to truncate the sequence, the substitution ofnucleotides to optimize the codons, or the addition of furthersequences. Proteins which are encoded via modified nucleic acidsequences must retain the desired functions despite a deviating nucleicacid sequence, which is the biological activity of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, or

ii) an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, or

iii) an insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting ofoa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

Functional equivalents thus comprise naturally occurring variants of theherein-described sequences and artificial nucleic acid sequences, forexample those which have been obtained by chemical synthesis and whichare adapted to the codon usage, and also the amino acid sequencesderived from them.

Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to natural variant homologues ofthe nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide shown in SEQ IDNO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of the shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79,81, 83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174,and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232, such as thenucleic acid molecule of the invention, and which can also be a cDNA,can be isolated based on their homology to the nucleic acid moleculesdisclosed herein using the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1,5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of the shaker channel and/ora Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231, e.g. the nucleic acidmolecule of the invention, or a fragment thereof, as a hybridizationprobe according to standard hybridization techniques under stringenthybridization conditions.

Nucleic acid molecules which are advantageously for the processaccording to the invention can be isolated based on their homology tothe nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein using the sequences or partthereof as hybridization probe and following standard hybridizationtechniques under stringent hybridization conditions.

The term “homology” means that the respective nucleic acid molecules orencoded proteins are functionally and/or structurally equivalent. Thenucleic acid molecules that are homologous to the nucleic acid moleculesdescribed above and that are derivatives of said nucleic acid moleculesare, for example, variations of said nucleic acid molecules whichrepresent modifications having the same biological function, inparticular encoding proteins with the same or substantially the samebiological function. They may be naturally occurring variations, such assequences from other plant varieties or species, or mutations. Thesemutations may occur naturally or may be obtained by mutagenesistechniques. The allelic variations may be naturally occurring allelicvariants as well as synthetically produced or genetically engineeredvariants. Structural equivalents can for example be identified bytesting the binding of said polypeptide to antibodies or computer basedpredictions. Structural equivalents have the similar immunologicalcharacteristic, e.g. comprise similar epitopes.

By “hybridizing” it is meant that such nucleic acid molecules hybridizeunder conventional hybridization conditions, preferably under stringentconditions such as described by, e.g., Sambrook (Molecular Cloning; ALaboratory Manual, 2^(nd) Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)) or in Current Protocols in MolecularBiology, John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6.

According to the invention, DNA as well as RNA molecules of the nucleicacid of the invention can be used as probes. Further, as template forthe identification of functional homologues Northern blot assays as wellas Southern blot assays can be performed. The Northern blot assayadvantageously provides further information about the expressed geneproduct: e.g. expression pattern, occurrence of processing steps, likesplicing and capping, etc. The Southern blot assay provides additionalinformation about the chromosomal localization and organization of thegene encoding the nucleic acid molecule of the invention.

A preferred, nonlimiting example of stringent Southern blothydridization conditions are hybridizations in 6× sodium chloride/sodiumcitrate (=SSC) at approximately 45° C., followed by one or more washsteps in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 50 to 65° C., for example at 50° C., 55°C. or 60° C. The skilled worker knows that thesehybridization-conditions differ as a function of the type of the nucleicacid and, for example when organic solvents are present, with regard tothe temperature and concentration of the buffer. The temperature under“standard hybridization conditions” differs for example as a function ofthe type of the nucleic acid between 42° C. and 58° C., preferablybetween 45° C. and 50° C. in an aqueous buffer with a concentration of0.1×0.5×, 1×, 2×, 3×, 4× or 5×SSC (pH 7.2). If organic solvent(s) is/arepresent in the abovementioned buffer, for example 50% formamide, thetemperature under standard conditions is approximately 40° C., 42° C. or45° C. The hybridization conditions for DNA:DNA hybrids are preferablyfor example 0.1×SSC and 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 35° C., 40° C. or 45°C., preferably between 30° C. and 45° C. The hybridization conditionsfor DNA:RNA hybrids are preferably for example 0.1.×SSC and 30° C., 35°C., 40° C., 45° C., 50° C. or 55° C., preferably between 45° C. and 55°C. The abovementioned hybridization temperatures are determined forexample for a nucleic acid approximately 100 bp (=base pairs) in lengthand a G+C content of 50% in the absence of formamide. The skilled workerknows to determine the hybridization conditions required with the aid oftextbooks, for example the ones mentioned above, or from the followingtextbooks: Sambrook et al., “Molecular Cloning”, Cold Spring HarborLaboratory, 1989; Hames and Higgins (Ed.) 1985, “Nucleic AcidsHybridization: A Practical Approach”, IRL Press at Oxford UniversityPress, Oxford; Brown (Ed.) 1991, “Essential Molecular Biology: APractical Approach”, IRL Press at Oxford University Press, Oxford.

A further example of one such stringent hybridization condition ishybridization at 4×SSC at 65° C., followed by a washing in 0.1×SSC at65° C. for one hour. Alternatively, an exemplary stringent hybridizationcondition is in 50% formamide, 4×SSC at 42° C. Further, the conditionsduring the wash step can be selected from the range of conditionsdelimited by low-stringency conditions (approximately 2×SSC at 50° C.)and high-stringency conditions (approximately 0.2×SSC at 50° C.,preferably at 65° C.) (20×SSC: 0.3M sodium citrate, 3M NaCl, pH 7.0). Inaddition, the temperature during the wash step can be raised fromlow-stringency conditions at room temperature, approximately 22° C., tohigher-stringency conditions at approximately 65° C.

Both of the parameters salt concentration and temperature can be variedsimultaneously, or else one of the two parameters can be kept constantwhile only the other is varied. Denaturants, for example formamide orSDS, may also be employed during the hybridization. In the presence of50% formamide, hybridization is preferably effected at 42° C. Relevantfactors like i) length of treatment, ii) salt conditions, iii) detergentconditions, iv) competitor DNAs, v) temperature and vi) probe selectioncan combined case by case so that not all possibilities can be mentionedherein.

Some examples of conditions for DNA hybridization (Southern blot assays)and wash step are shown hereinbelow:

(1) Hybridization conditions can be selected, for example, from thefollowing conditions:

-   -   a) 4×SSC at 65° C.,    -   b) 6×SSC at 45° C.,    -   c) 6×SSC, 100 mg/ml denatured fragmented fish sperm DNA at 68°        C.,    -   d) 6×SSC, 0.5% SDS, 100 mg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA at 68°        C.,    -   e) 6×SSC, 0.5% SDS, 100 mg/ml denatured fragmented salmon sperm        DNA, 50% formamide at 42° C.,    -   f) 50% formamide, 4×SSC at 42° C.,    -   g) 50% (vol/vol) formamide, 0.1% bovine serum albumin, 0.1%        Ficoll, 0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone, 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer        pH 6.5, 750 mM NaCl, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42° C.,    -   h) 2× or 4×SSC at 50° C. (low-stringency condition), or    -   i) 30 to 40% formamide, 2× or 4×SSC at 42° C. (low-stringency        condition).

(2) Wash steps can be selected, for example, from the followingconditions:

-   -   a) 0.015 M NaCl/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% SDS at 50° C.    -   b) 0.1×SSC at 65° C.    -   c) 0.1×SSC, 0.5% SDS at 68° C.    -   d) 0.1×SSC, 0.5% SDS, 50% formamide at 42° C.    -   e) 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 42° C.    -   f) 2×SSC at 65° C. (low-stringency condition).    -   g) 0.2×SSC, 0.1% S DS at 60° C. (medium-high stringency        conditions), or    -   h) 0.1×SSC, 0.1% S DS at 60° C. (medium-high stringency        conditions), or    -   i) 0.2×SSC, 0.1% S DS at 65° C. (high stringency conditions), or    -   h) 0.1×SSC, 0.1% S DS at 65° C. (high stringency conditions).

In one embodiment, the term “hybridizes under stringent conditions” isintended to describe conditions for hybridization and washing underwhich nucleotide sequences of at least 30%, 40%, 50% or 65% identical toeach other typically remain hybridized to each other. Preferably, theconditions are such that sequences of at least about 70%, morepreferably at least about 75% or 80%, and even more preferably of atleast about 85%, 90% or 95% or more identical to each other typicallyremain hybridized to each other.

In one embodiment the nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridizesunder stringent conditions to a sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9,13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of the shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231 and corresponds to anaturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule. As used herein, a“naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to a RNA or DNAmolecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g.,encodes a natural protein).

In addition to naturally-occurring variants of the nucleic acid orprotein sequence that may exist in the population, the skilled artisanwill further appreciate that changes can be introduced by mutation intoa nucleotide sequence of the nucleic acid molecule encoding thepolypeptide, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence ofthe encoded polypeptide and thereby altering the functional ability ofthe polypeptide, meaning preferably reducing, decreasing or deletingsaid activity. For example, nucleotide substitutions leading to aminoacid substitutions at “essential” amino acid residues can be made in asequence of the nucleic acid molecule to be reduced in the process ofthe invention, e.g. comprising the corresponding nucleic acid moleculeas shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case ofthe shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 72, 74,76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86, in the case of the G-protein coupledreceptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165,169 and/or 173, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227, 229,231. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that if altered fromthe wild-type sequence of one of the polypeptide lead to an alteredactivity of said polypeptide, whereas a “non-essential” amino acidresidue is not required for the activity of the protein for example forthe activity as an enzyme or channel. The alteration of “essential”residues often lead to a reduced, decreased or deleted activity of thepolypeptides. Preferably amino acid of the polypeptide are changed insuch a manner that the activity is reduced, decreased or deleted thatmeans preferably essential amino acid residues and/or more non-essentialresidues are changed and thereby the activity is reduced afterdecreasing the expression or activity of the polypeptide. Other aminoacid residues, however, (e.g., those that are not conserved or onlysemi-conserved in the domain having said activity) may not be essentialfor activity and thus are likely to be amenable to alteration withoutaltering said activity are less preferred.

Preferably, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule is at leastabout 60%, 70% or 80% identical to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2,6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively or one or moremotifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38,39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70and/or 71 respectively, more preferably at least about 85% identical toone of the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or30 or to a sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ IDNO: 33 and/or 34 respectively or one or more motifs selected from thegroup consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59,60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71 respectively, evenmore preferably at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% homologousto the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30or to a sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO:33 and/or 34 respectively or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46,47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71 respectively, and mostpreferably at least about 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to thesequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30 or to asequence comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33and/or 34 respectively or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46,47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61,62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71 respectively.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably, the protein encoded by the nucleic acid molecule is at leastabout 60%, 70% or 80% identical to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 73,75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively or one ormore motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105,106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively, more preferably at least about 85% identical to one of thesequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or toa sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102and/or 103 respectively or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112,113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively, even more preferably at leastabout 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% homologous to the sequence shown inSEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79; 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or to a sequencecomprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127and/or 128 respectively, and most preferably at least about 96%, 97%,98%, or 99% identical to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77,79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively or one ormore motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105,106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, preferably, the proteinencoded by the nucleic acid molecule is at least about 60%, 70% or 80%identical to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146,150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or to a sequence comprising aconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226respectively, more preferably at least about 85% identical to one of thesequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179 respectively or oneor more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180,181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192,193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218,219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively, even morepreferably at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% homologous to thesequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179 respectively or oneor more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180,181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192,193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218,219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively, and mostpreferably at least about 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to thesequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or to a sequence comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179 respectively or oneor more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180,181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192,193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218,219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively.

In the case of the SK-channel, preferably, the protein encoded by thenucleic acid molecule is at least about 60%, 70% or 80% identical to thesequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232 or to a sequence comprising aconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253, more preferably atleast about 85% identical to one of the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:228, 230, 232 or to a sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shownin SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,249, 250, 251, 252 and 253, even more preferably at least about 90%,91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% homologous to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:228, 230, 232 or to a sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shownin SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,249, 250, 251, 252 and 253, and most preferably at least about 96%, 97%,98%, or 99% identical to the sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232or to a sequence comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO:239 or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ IDNO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and253.

To determine the percentage homology (=identity) of two amino acidsequences or of two nucleic acid molecules, the sequences are writtenone underneath the other for an optimal comparison. Gaps may be insertedinto the sequence of a protein or of a nucleic acid molecule in order togenerate an optimal alignment with the other protein or the othernucleic acid. The amino acid residue or nucleotide at the correspondingamino acid position or nucleotide position is then compared between bothpolymers. If a position in one sequence is occupied by the same aminoacid residue or the same nucleotide as in the corresponding position ofthe other sequence, the molecules are identical at this position. Aminoacid or nucleotide “identity” as used in the present context correspondsto amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”. Generally the percentagehomology between the two sequences is a function of the number ofidentical positions shared by the sequences (i.e. % homology=number ofidentical positions/total number of positions×100). The terms “homology”and “identity” are thus to be considered as synonyms for thisdescription.

For the determination of the percentage homology (=identity) of two ormore amino acid or of two or more nucleotide sequences several computersoftware programs have been developed. The homology of two or moresequences can be calculated with for example the software fasta, whichpresently has been used in the version fasta 3 (W. R. Pearson and D. J.Lipman (1988), Improved Tools for Biological Sequence Comparison.PNAS85:2444-2448; W. R. Pearson (1990) Rapid and Sensitive SequenceComparison with FASTP and FASTA, Methods in Enzymology 183:63-98; W. R.Pearson and D. J. Lipman (1988) Improved Tools for Biological SequenceComparison.PNAS 85:2444-2448; W. R. Pearson (1990); Rapid and SensitiveSequence Comparison with FASTP and FASTAMethods in Enzymology183:63-98). Another useful program for the calculation of homologies ofdifferent sequences is the standard blast program, which is included inthe Biomax pedant software (Biomax, Munich, Federal Republic ofGermany). This leads unfortunately sometimes to suboptimal results sinceblast does not always include complete sequences of the subject and thequery. Nevertheless as this program is very efficient it can be used forthe comparison of a huge number of sequences. The following settings aretypically used for such a comparisons of sequences: -p Program Name[String]; -d Database [String]; default=nr; -i Query File [File In];default=stdin; -e Expectation value (E) [Real]; default=10.0; -malignment view options: 0=pairwise; 1=query-anchored showing identities;2=query-anchored no identities; 3=flat query-anchored, show identities;4=flat query-anchored, no identities; 5=query-anchored no identities andblunt ends; 6=flat query-anchored, no identities and blunt ends; 7=XMLBlast output; 8=tabular; 9 tabular with comment lines [Integer];default=0; -o BLAST report Output File [File Out] Optional;default=stdout; -F Filter query sequence (DUST with blastn, SEG withothers) [String]; default=T; -G Cost to open a gap (zero invokes defaultbehavior) [Integer]; default=0; -E Cost to extend a gap (zero invokesdefault behavior) [Integer]; default=0; -X X dropoff value for gappedalignment (in bits) (zero invokes default behavior); blastn 30,megablast 20, tblastx 0, all others 15 [Integer]; default=0; -I ShowGI's in defines [T/F]; default=F; -q Penalty for a nucleotide mismatch(blastn only) [Integer]; default=−3; -r Reward for a nucleotide match(blastn only) [Integer]; default=1; -v Number of database sequences toshow one-line descriptions for (V) [Integer]; default=500; -b Number ofdatabase sequence to show alignments for (B) [Integer]; default=250; -fThreshold for extending hits, default if zero; blastp 11, blastn 0,blastx 12, tblastn 13; tblastx 13, megablast 0 [Integer]; default=0; -gPerform gapped alignment (not available with tblastx) [T/F]; default=T;-Q Query Genetic code to use [Integer]; default=1; -D DB Genetic code(for tblast[nx] only) [Integer]; default=1; -a Number of processors touse [Integer]; default=1; -O SeqAlign file [File Out] Optional; -JBelieve the query defline [T/F]; default=F; -M Matrix [String];default=BLOSUM62; -W Word size, default if zero (blastn 11, megablast28, all others 3) [Integer]; default=0; -z Effective length of thedatabase (use zero for the real size) [Real]; default=0; -K Number ofbest hits from a region to keep (off by default, if used a value of 100is recommended) [Integer]; default=0; -P 0 for multiple hit, 1 forsingle hit [Integer]; default=0; -Y Effective length of the search space(use zero for the real size) [Real]; default=0; -S Query strands tosearch against database (for blast[nx], and tblastx); 3 is both, 1 istop, 2 is bottom [Integer]; default=3; -T Produce HTML output [T/F];default=F; -1 Restrict search of database to list of GI's [String]Optional; -U Use lower case filtering of FASTA sequence [T/F] Optional;default=F; -y X dropoff value for ungapped extensions in bits (0.0inyokes default behavior); blastn 20, megablast 10, all others 7 [Real];default=0.0; -Z X dropoff value for final gapped alignment in bits (0.0invokes default behavior); blastn/megablast 50, tblastx 0, all others 25[Integer]; default=0; -R PSI-TBLASTN checkpoint file [File In] Optional;-n MegaBlast search [T/F]; default=F; -L Location on query sequence[String] Optional; -A Multiple Hits window size, default if zero(blastn/megablast 0, all others 40 [Integer]; default=0; -w Frame shiftpenalty (OOF algorithm for blastx) [Integer]; default=0; -t Length ofthe largest intron allowed in tblastn for linking HSPs (0 disableslinking) [Integer]; default=0.

Results of high quality are reached by using the algorithm of Needlemanand Wunsch or Smith and Waterman. Therefore programs based on saidalgorithms are preferred. Advantageously the comparisons of sequencescan be done with the program PileUp (J. Mol. Evolution., 25, 351-360,1987, Higgins et al., CABIOS, 5 1989: 151-153) or preferably with theprograms Gap and BestFit, which are respectively based on the algorithmsof Needleman and Wunsch [J. Mol. Biol. 48; 443-453 (1970)] and Smith andWaterman [Adv. Appl. Math. 2; 482-489 (1981)]. Both programs are part ofthe GCG software-package [Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Drive,Madison, Wis., USA 53711 (1991); Altschul et al. (1997) Nucleic AcidsRes. 25:3389 et seq.]. Therefore preferably the calculations todetermine the perentages of sequence homology are done with the programGap over the whole range of the sequences. The following standardadjustments for the comparison of nucleic acid sequences were used: gapweight: 50, length weight: 3, average match: 10.000, average mismatch:0.000.

For example a sequence which has a 80% homology with sequence shown inSEQ ID NO.: 1 at the nucleic acid level is understood as meaning asequence which, upon comparison with the sequence SEQ ID NO: 1 by theabove Gap program algorithm with the above parameter set, has 80%homology.

Homology between two polypeptides is understood as meaning the identityof the amino acid sequence over in each case the entire sequence lengthwhich is calculated by comparison with the aid of the program algorithmGap (Wisconsin Package Version 10.0, University of Wisconsin, GeneticsComputer Group (GCG), Madison, USA), setting the following parameters:gap weight: 8; length weight: 2; average match: 2.912; average mismatch:−2.003.

For example a sequence which has a 80% homology with sequence SEQ ID NO:2 at the protein level is understood as meaning a sequence which, uponcomparison with the sequence SEQ ID NO: 2 by the above Gap programalgorithm with the above parameter set, has 80% homology.

Functional equivalents derived from one of the polypeptides as shown inSEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30 or comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35,36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,69, 70 and/or 71 respectively according to the invention bysubstitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45% or50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preference at least80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93% or 94%,very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or 99% homology withone of the polypeptides as shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26and/or 30 or with one of the polypeptides comprising a consensussequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively or one or moremotifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38,39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70and/or 71 respectively and are distinguished by essentially the sameproperties as the polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18,22, 26 and/or 30.

Functional equivalents derived from the nucleic acid sequence as shownin SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29 according to theinvention by substitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%, 35%,40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preferenceat least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or 99%homology with one of the nucleic acids as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9,13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29 according to the invention and encodepolypeptides having essentially the same properties as the polypeptideas shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,functional equivalents derived from one of the polypeptides as shown inSEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104,105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively according to the invention by substitution, insertion ordeletion have at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preference at least 80%, especially preferablyat least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93% or 94%, very especially preferably atleast 95%, 97%, 98% or 99% homology with one of the polypeptides asshown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87 or with one ofthe polypeptides comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO:102 and/or 103 respectively or one or more motifs selected from thegroup consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively and are distinguished byessentially the same properties as the polypeptide as shown in SEQ IDNO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,functional equivalents derived from the nucleic acid sequence as shownin SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86 according to theinvention by substitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%, 35%,40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preferenceat least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or 99%homology with one of the nucleic acids as shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74,76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86 according to the invention and encodepolypeptides having essentially the same properties as the polypeptideas shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, functional equivalentsderived from one of the polypeptides as shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134,138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectivelyaccording to the invention by substitution, insertion or deletion haveat least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or70% by preference at least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or90%, 91%, 92%, 93% or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%,98% or 99% homology with one of the polypeptides as shown in SEQ ID NO:130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174 or withone of the polypeptides comprising a consensus sequence as shown in SEQID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179 respectively or one or more motifs selectedfrom the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185,186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197,198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209,210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223,224, 225 and/or 226 respectively and are distinguished by essentiallythe same properties as the polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134,138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, functional equivalentsderived from the nucleic acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173 according to theinvention by substitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%, 35%,40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preferenceat least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or 99%homology with one of the nucleic acids as shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173 according to theinvention and encode polypeptides having essentially the same propertiesas the polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150,154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174.

In the case of the SK-channel, functional equivalents derived from oneof the polypeptides as shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232 or comprisingthe consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253 according to theinvention by substitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%, 35%,40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% by preferenceat least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or 99%homology with one of the polypeptides as shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230,232 or with one of the polypeptides comprising a consensus sequence asshown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifs selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248,249, 250, 251, 252 and 253 and are distinguished by essentially the sameproperties as the polypeptide as shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232.

In the case of the SK-channel, functional equivalents derived from thenucleic acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231 according tothe invention by substitution, insertion or deletion have at least 30%,35%, 40%, 45% or 50%, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65% or 70% bypreference at least 80%, especially preferably at least 85% or 90%, 91%,92%, 93% or 94%, very especially preferably at least 95%, 97%, 98% or99% homology with one of the nucleic acids as shown in SEQ ID NO: 227,229, 231 according to the invention and encode polypeptides havingessentially the same properties as the polypeptide as shown in SEQ IDNO: 228, 230, 232.

In one embodiment “homology” or “identity” between two nucleic acidsequences or polypeptide sequences is defined by the identity of thenucleic acid sequence/polypeptide sequence over in each case the entiresequence length, which is calculated by alignment with the aid of theprogram algorithm GAP (Wisconsin Package Version 10.0, University ofWisconsin, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), Madison, USA), setting thefollowing parameters:

Gap Weight: 8 Length Weight: 2

Average Match: 2,912 Average Mismatch:—2,003

In the following text, the term identity is also used synonymouslyinstead of the term “homologous” or “homology”.

“Mutations” comprise substitutions, additions, deletions, inversions orinsertions of one or more nucleotide residues, which may also bringabout changes in the corresponding amino acid sequence of the targetprotein by substitution, insertion or deletion of one or more aminoacids.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to an isolatednucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25and/or 29;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of avoltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like)and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interactingprotein) respectively;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35,36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,69, 70 and/or 71 respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 7, 8; 9, 10; 11, 12; respectively

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of avoltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like)and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interactingprotein) respectively.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, inone embodiment the present invention is directed to an isolated nucleicacid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising thepolypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleic acid molecule shown inSEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide comprising a polypeptidesequence according to SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104,105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95; 96, 97; 98, 99and/or 100, 101 respectively and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, in one embodiment thepresent invention is directed to an isolated nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145,149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide comprising a polypeptidesequence according to SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,162, 166, 170 and/or 174;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157,161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of aoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140; 143, 144; 147, 148;151, 152; 155, 156, 159, 160; 163, 164; 167, 168; 171, 172 and/or 175,176

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of aoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

In the case of the SK-channel, in one embodiment the present inventionis directed to an isolated nucleic acid molecule selected from the groupconsisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:230, 232;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 230, 232;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234, 235, 236; and 237, 238; respectively and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to nucleic acidconstruct comprising the isolated nucleic acid molecule of theinvention.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to a vectorcomprising the nucleic acid construct or the isolated nucleic acidmolecule of the invention.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to a transgenic hostcell, comprising the vector, the nucleic acid construct or the isolatednucleic acid molecule of the invention by way oftransfection/transformation.

An “isolated” polynucleotide or nucleic acid molecule is separated fromother polynucleotides or nucleic acid molecules, which are present inthe natural source of the nucleic acid molecule. An isolated nucleicacid molecule may be a chromosomal fragment of several kb, orpreferably, a molecule only comprising the coding region of the gene.Accordingly, an isolated nucleic acid molecule may comprise chromosomalregions, which are adjacent 5′ and 3′ or further adjacent chromosomalregions, but preferably comprises no such sequences which naturallyflank the nucleic acid molecule sequence in the genomic or chromosomalcontext in the organism from which the nucleic acid molecule originates(for example sequences which are adjacent to the regions encoding the5′- and 3′-UTRs of the nucleic acid molecule). In various embodiments,the isolated nucleic acid molecule used in the process according to theinvention may, for example comprise less than approximately 5 kb, 4 kb,3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb nucleotide sequences which naturallyflank the nucleic acid molecule in the genomic DNA of the cell fromwhich the nucleic acid molecule originates.

The nucleic acid molecules used in the process or a part thereof can beisolated using molecular-biological standard techniques and the sequenceinformation provided herein. Also, for example a homologous sequence orhomologous, conserved sequence regions at the DNA or amino acid levelcan be identified with the aid of comparison algorithms. The former canbe used as hybridization probes under standard hybridization techniques(for example those described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: ALaboratory Manual. 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold SpringHarbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989) for isolatingfurther nucleic acid sequences useful in this process.

A nucleic acid molecule encompassing a complete sequence of a moleculewhich activity is to be reduced in the process of the present inventionor a part thereof may additionally be isolated by polymerase chainreaction, oligonucleotide primers based on this sequence or on partsthereof being used. For example, a nucleic acid molecule comprising thecomplete sequence or part thereof can be isolated by polymerase chainreaction using oligonucleotide primers which have been generated on thebasis of this every sequence. For example, mRNA can be isolated fromcells, for example by means of the guanidinium thiocyanate extractionmethod of Chirgwin et al. (1979) Biochemistry 18:5294-5299, and cDNA canbe generated by means of reverse transcriptase (for example Moloney MLVreverse transcriptase, available from Gibco/BRL, Bethesda, Md., or AMVreverse transcriptase, obtainable from Seikagaku America, Inc., St.Petersburg, Fla.).

Synthetic oligonucleotide primers for the amplification by means ofpolymerase chain reaction can be generated on the basis of a sequenceshown herein. Such primers can be used to amplify nucleic acidssequences for example from cDNA libraries or from genomic libraries andidentify nucleic acid molecules, which are useful in the inventiveprocess.

Moreover, it is possible to identify conserved regions from variousorganisms by carrying out protein sequence alignments with thepolypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule to be reduced accordingto the process of the invention, in particular with the sequencesencoded by the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13,17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of the shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO; 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231, from which conservedregions, and in turn, degenerate primers can be derived.

Conserved regions are those, which show a very little variation in theamino acid in one particular position of several homologs from differentorigin. The consenus sequence and polypeptide motifs shown herein arederived from said aligments. Moreover, it is possible to identifyconserved regions from various organisms by carrying out proteinsequence alignments with the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acidmolecule to be reduced according to the process of the invention, inparticular with the sequences encoded by the polypeptide molecule shownin SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of theshaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77,79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptorSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232 fromwhich conserved regions, and in turn, degenerate primers can be derived.

Conserved regions are those, which show a very little variation in theamino acid in one particular position of several homologs from differentorigin. The consenus sequences and polypeptide motifs shown herein arederived from said aligments. In one advantageous embodiment, in themethod of the present invention the activity of a polypeptide isdecreased comprising or consisting of a consensus sequence as shown inSEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34, in the case of the shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103, in the case of theG-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179, and in thecase of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 239 respectively or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71, inthe case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ IDNO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116,117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or128, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 180, 181,182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193,194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218,219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226, and in the case of theSK-channel SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249,250, 251, 252 and 253 respectively and in one another embodiment, thepresent invention relates to a polypeptide comprising or consisting ofthe consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34, in the caseof the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 102and/or 103, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO:177, 178 and/or 179, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 239respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71, in the case of the shaker channeland/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108,109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122,123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128, in the case of theG-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186,187, 188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198,199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210,211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224,225 and/or 226, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO: 240, 241,242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253respectively whereby 20 or less, preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8,7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4, even more preferred 3, even morepreferred 2, even more preferred 1, most preferred 0 of the amino acidspositions indicated can be replaced by any amino acid. In one embodimentnot more than 15%, preferably 10%, even more preferred 5%, 4%, 3%, or2%, most preferred 1% or 0% of the amino acid position indicated by aletter are/is replaced another amino acid. In one embodiment 20 or less,preferably 15 or 10, preferably 9, 8, 7, or 6, more preferred 5 or 4,even more preferred 3, even more preferred 2, even more preferred 1,most preferred 0 amino acids are inserted into a consensus sequence orprotein motif.

The consensus sequence was derived from a multiple alignment of thesequences as shown in SEQ ID NO 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, inthe case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ IDNO 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-proteincoupled receptor SEQ ID NO 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162,166, 170 and/or 174, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO 228,230, 232. The letters represent the one letter amino acid code andindicate that the amino acids are conserved in all aligned proteins. Theletter X stands for amino acids, which are not conserved in allsequences.

Conserved domains were identified from all sequences and are describedusing a subset of the standard Prosite notation, e.g the patternY-x(21,23)-[FW] means that a conserved tyrosine is separated by minimum21 and maximum 23 amino acid residues from either a phenylalanine ortryptophane.

Conserved patterns were identified with the software tool MEME version3.5.1 or manually. MEME was developed by Timothy L. Bailey and CharlesElkan, Dept. of Computer Science and Engeneering, University ofCalifornia, San Diego, USA and is described by Timothy L. Bailey andCharles Elkan [Fitting a mixture model by expectation maximization todiscover motifs in biopolymers, Proceedings of the Second InternationalConference on Intelligent Systems for Molecular Biology, pp. 28-36, AAAIPress, Menlo Park, Calif., 1994]. The source code for the stand-aloneprogram is public available from the San Diego Supercomputer center(http://meme.sdsc.edu).

For identifying common motifs in all sequences with the software toolMEME, the following settings were used: -maxsize 500000, -nmotifs 15,-evt 0.001, -maxw 60, -distance 1e-3, -minsites number of sequences usedfor the analysis. Input sequences for MEME were nonaligned sequences inFasta format. Other parameters were used in the default settings in thissoftware version.

Prosite patterns for conserved domains were generated with the softwaretool Pratt version 2.1 or manually. Pratt was developed by IngeJonassen, Dept. of Informatics, University of Bergen, Norway and isdescribed by Jonassen et al. [I. Jonassen, J. F. Collins and D. G.Higgins, Finding flexible patterns in unaligned protein sequences,Protein Science 4 (1995), pp. 1587-1595; I. Jonassen, Efficientdiscovery of conserved patterns using a pattern graph, Submitted toCABIOS Febr. 1997]. The source code (ANSI C) for the stand-alone programis public available, e.g. at establisched Bioinformatic centers like EBI(European Bioinformatics Institute).

For generating patterns with the software tool Pratt, following settingswere used: PL (max Pattern Length): 100, PN (max Nr of Pattern Symbols):100, PX (max Nr of consecutive x's): 30, FN (max Nr of flexiblespacers): 5, FL (max Flexibility): 30, FP (max Flex.Product): 10, ON(max number patterns): 50. Input sequences for Pratt were distinctregions of the protein sequences exhibiting high similarity asidentified from software tool MEME. The minimum number of sequences,which have to match the generated patterns (CM, min Nr of Seqs to Match)was set to at least 80% of the provided sequences. Parameters notmentioned here were used in their default settings.

The Prosite patterns of the conserved domains can be used to search forprotein sequences matching this pattern. Various establischedBioinformatic centers provide public internet portals for using thosepatterns in database searches (e.g. PIR [Protein Information Resource,located at Georgetown University Medical Center] or ExPASy [ExpertProtein Analysis System]). Alternatively, stand-alone software isavailable, like the program Fuzzpro, which is part of the EM-BOSSsoftware package. For example, the program Fuzzpro not only allows tosearch for an exact pattern-protein match but also allows to set variousambiguities in the performed search.

The alignment was performed with the software ClustalW (version 1.83)and is described by Thompson et al. [Thompson, J. D., Higgins, D. G. andGibson, T. J. (1994) CLUSTAL W: improving the sensitivity of progressivemultiple sequence alignment through sequence weighting,positions-specific gap penalties and weight matrix choice. Nucleic AcidsResearch, 22:4673-4680]. The source code for the stand-alone program ispublic available from the European Molecular Biology Laboratory;Heidelberg, Germany. The analysis was performed using the defaultparameters of ClustalW v1.83 (gap open penalty: 10.0; gap extensionpenalty: 0.2; protein matrix: Gonnet; pprotein/DNA endgap: −1;protein/DNA gapdist: 4).

Degenerate primers, designed as described above, can then be utilized byPCR for the amplification of fragments of novel coding regions codingfor proteins having above-mentioned activity.

These fragments can then be utilized as hybridization probe forisolating the complete gene sequence. As an alternative, the missing 5′and 3′ sequences can be isolated by means of RACE-PCR. A nucleic acidmolecule according to the invention can be amplified using cDNA or, asan alternative, genomic DNA as template and suitable oligonucleotideprimers, following standard PCR amplification techniques. The nucleicacid molecule amplified thus can be cloned into a suitable vector andcharacterized by means of DNA sequence analysis. Oligonucleotides, whichcorrespond to one of the nucleic acid molecules used in the process, canbe generated by standard synthesis methods, for example using anautomatic DNA synthesizer.

Nucleic acid molecules which are advantageously for the processaccording to the invention can be isolated based on their homology tothe nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein using the sequences or partthereof as hybridization probe and following standard hybridizationtechniques under stringent hybridization conditions.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to a polypeptideencoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consistingof:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channel        Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory        protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,        45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57,        58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71        respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 7, 8; 9, 10; 11, 12;        respectively    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, inone embodiment the present invention is directed to a polypeptideencoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consistingof:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78,        80, 82, 84 and/or 86;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78,        80, 82, 84 and/or 86;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a Shaker channel and/or a        Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C        subtype respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a Shaker        channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta        subunit A or C subtype respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,        112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124        and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95;        96, 97; 98, 99 and/or 100, 101 respectively    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a Shaker        channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta        subunit A or C subtype respectively.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, in one embodiment thepresent invention is directed to a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170        and/or 174;    -   a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141,        145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173    -   a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of        the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,        162, 166, 170 and/or 174;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137,        141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a octopamine receptor selected from        the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila        melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a octopamine        receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably        from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,        188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197,        198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208,        and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,        220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140;        143, 144; 147, 148; 151, 152; 155, 156, 159, 160; 163, 164; 167,        168; 171, 172 and/or 175, 176    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a octopamine        receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably        from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R.

In the case of the SK-channel, in one embodiment the present inventionis directed to a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selectedfrom the group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 23Q, 232;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 230, 232;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated        potassium channel;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more        motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240,        241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and        253;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234, 235, 236; and 237,        238; respectively    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a        small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to a membranecomprising the polypeptide of the invention, whereby the membrane hasnot shown endogenous activity of the polypeptide of the invention.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to a host cellcomprising the polypeptide of the invention, whereby the membrane of thehost has not shown endogenous activity of the polypeptide of theinvention.

The wording “the membrane has not shown originally the activity of thepolypeptide of the invention” means, that a polypeptide of the inventionis not part of the natural occuring membrane, but it was assembled intothe membrane according to a method of the invention.

In one embodiment the method of the present invention comprise theexpression of a gene coding for a polypeptide with the activity of

i) an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively in the membrane of a hostcell, or

ii) an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively in the membraneof a host cell, or

iii) an insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting ofoa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R in the membrane of a host cell, or

iv) an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel in themembrane of a host cell.

In one embodiment the host cell is a mammalian cell.

In one embodiment the host cell is a cell that in its native state haslow or uninteresting electric activity. In contrast, a host cellexpressing the polypeptide of the invention shows conductivity selectedfrom the group of intervals 2-20 pS, 3-20 pS, 4-15 pS, 5-12 pS and 5-10pS.

In one embodiment the host cell is selected from the group consisting ofCHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa, NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-,Xenopus oocyte; Sf9, S2, Sf21, Hi5, Pc12, U2OS.

For the production of the host cell of the invention comprising thepolypeptide of the invention with the activity of

i) a ion channel and/or its accessory protein, a nucleotide sequenceencoding the polypeptide, or

ii) a ion channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kvbeta subunit A or C subtype, a nucleotide sequence encoding thepolypeptide, or

iii) an octopamine receptor and preferably additionally a markerprotein, e.g. GFP, and/or additionally a “promiscuous” G-protein atleast one nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptides, or

iv) a ion channel a nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide isintroduced into the host cell where it is recombinantly produced.

is introduced into the host cell where it is recombinantly produced.

In one embodiment the host cell is a microorganism in which thenucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide with the activity of

i) a potassium ion channel of the invention and/or its accessoryprotein, or

ii) a potassium ion channel of the invention and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype, or

iii) an octopamine receptor of the invention and preferably additionallya marker protein, e.g. GFP, and/or additionally a “promiscuous”G-protein, or

iv) a channel of the invention

is introduce in order to manifold said nucleotide sequence according tothe general cloning techniques as are described, for example, in T.Maniatis, E. F. Fritsch and J. Sambrook, “Molecular Cloning: ALaboratory Manual”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor,N.Y. (1989).

The above mentioned nucleic acid molecules can be cloned into a nucleicacid constructs or vectors according to the invention in combinationtogether with further genes, or else different genes are introduced bytransforming several nucleic acid constructs or vectors (includingplasmids) into a host cell.

Accordingly, the invention also relates to a nucleic acid construct,preferably to an expression construct, comprising the nucleic acidmolecule or molecules used in the process of the present invention or afragment thereof functionally linked to one or more regulatory elementsor signals. Furthermore the invention also relates to a nucleic acidconstructs for the production of homologous recombination events,comprising the nucleic acids molecule used in the process of the presentinvention or parts thereof.

The nucleic acid construct can also comprise further genes, which are tobe introduced into the host cells.

As described herein, regulator sequences or factors can have a positiveeffect on preferably the expression of the constructs introduced, thusincreasing it. Thus, an enhancement of the regulator elements mayadvantageously take place at the transcriptional level by using strongtranscription signals such as promoters and/or enhancers. In addition,however, an enhancement of translation is also possible, for example byincreasing RNA stability.

Thus, the nucleic acid construct of the invention can be used asexpression cassette and thus can be used directly for introduction intothe host cell, or else they may be introduced into a vector. Accordinglyin one embodiment the nucleic acid construct is an expression cassettecomprising a microorganism promoter or a microorganism terminator orboth. In another embodiment the expression cassette encompasses aeukaryotic promoter or a eukaryotic terminator or both.

If it is intended to transform the host cell with several constructs orvectors, the marker of a preceding transformation must be removed or afurther marker employed in a following transformation. The markers canbe removed from the host cell as described in the state of art viamethods with which the skilled worker is familiar.

In one embodiment, the nucleic acid sequences used in the methodaccording to the invention can be advantageously linked operably to oneor more regulatory signals in order to increase gene expression.

These regulatory sequences are intended to enable the specificexpression of nucleic acid molecules, e.g. the genes or gene fragmentsor of the gene products or the nucleic acid used in the process of theinvention. Depending on the host organism for example eukaryotic cell ormicroorganism, this may mean, for example, that the gene or geneconstructs is expressed and/or overexpressed after induction only, orthat it is expressed and/or overexpressed constitutive. These regulatorysequences are, for example, sequences to which the inductors orrepressors bind and which thus regulate the expression of the nucleicacid. Moreover, the gene construct can advantageously also comprise oneor more of what are known as enhancer sequences in operable linkage withthe promoter, and these enable an increased expression of the nucleicacid sequence. Also, it is possible to insert additional advantageoussequences at the 3′ end of the DNA sequences, such as, for example,further regulatory elements or terminators.

The term “increased expression” or “overexpression” as used herein meansany form of expression that is additional to the original wild-typeexpression level.

Methods for increasing expression of genes or gene products are welldocumented in the art and include, for example, overexpression driven byappropriate promoters, the use of transcription enhancers or translationenhancers. Isolated nucleic acids which serve as promoter or enhancerelements may be introduced in an appropriate position (typicallyupstream) of a nonheterologous form of a polynucleotide so as toupregulate expression of a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide ofinterest.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, inone embodiment of the invention a Kozak sequence is used.

The nucleic acid molecules, which encode proteins according to theinvention and nucleic acid molecules, which encode other polypeptidesmay be present in one nucleic acid construct or vector or in severalones. In one embodiment, only one copy of the nucleic acid molecule foruse in the process of the invention or its encoding genes is present inthe nucleic acid construct or vector. Several vectors or nucleic acidconstruct or vector can be expressed together in the host organism. Thenucleic acid molecule or the nucleic acid construct according to theinvention can be inserted in a vector and be present in the cell in afree form. If a stable transformation is preferred, a vector is used,which is stably duplicated over several generations or which or a partof which is else be inserted into the genome. In the case of mammaliancells, integration into the nuclear genome may have taken place. For theinsertion of more than one constructs in the host genome the constructsto be expressed might be present together in one vector, for example inabove-described vectors bearing a plurality of constructs.

As a rule, regulatory sequences for the expression rate of a constructsare located upstream (5′), within, and/or downstream (3′) relative tothe sequence of the nucleic acid molecule to be regulated. They controlin particular transcription and/or translation and/or the transcriptstability. The expression level is dependent on the conjunction offurther cellular regulatory systems, such as the protein biosynthesisand degradation systems of the cell.

Regulatory sequences include transcription and translation regulatingsequences or signals, e.g. sequences located upstream (5′), whichconcern in particular the regulation of transcription or translationinitiation, such as promoters or start codons, and sequences locateddownstream (3′), which concern in particular the regulation oftranscription or translation termination and transcript stability, suchas polyadenylation signals or stop codons.

Promoters, which are particularly advantageous, are constitutive, tissueor compartment specific and inducible promoters. In general, “promoter”is understood as meaning, in the present context, a regulatory sequencein a nucleic acid molecule, which mediates the expression of a codingsequence segment of a nucleic acid molecule. In principle, it ispossible to use natural promoters together with their regulatorysequences. Some promoters for mammalian cells are for example CMV, SV40,TK, Beta-actin.

The nucleic acid construct is advantageously constructed in such a waythat a promoter is followed by a suitable cleavage site for insertion ofthe nucleic acid to be expressed, advantageously in a polylinker,followed, if appropriate, by a terminator located behind the polylinker.If appropriate, this order is repeated several times so that severalgenes are combined in one construct and thus can be introduced into thetransgenic plant in order to be expressed. The sequence is a for examplerepeated up to three times. For the expression, the nucleic acidsequences are inserted via the suitable cleavage site, for example inthe polylinker behind the promoter. It is advantageous for each nucleicacid sequence to have its own promoter and, if appropriate, its ownterminator, as mentioned above. However, it is also possible to insertseveral nucleic acid sequences behind a promoter and, if appropriate,before a terminator, in particular, if a polycistronic transcription ispossible in the host or target cells. In this context, the insertionsite, or the sequence of the nucleic acid molecules inserted, in thenucleic acid construct is not decisive, that is to say a nucleic acidmolecule can be inserted in the first or last position in the cassettewithout this having a substantial effect on the expression. However, itis also possible to use only one promoter type in the construct.

One embodiment of the present invention also relates to a method forgenerating a vector, which comprises the insertion, into a vector, ofthe nucleic acid molecule characterized herein, the nucleic acidmolecule according to the invention or the expression cassette accordingto the invention. The vector can, for example, be introduced into acell, e.g. a microorganism or a mammalian cell, as described herein forthe nucleic acid construct, or below under transformation ortransfection or shown in the examples. A transient or stabletransformation of the host or target cell is possible, however, a stabletransformation is preferred.

The vector according to the invention is preferably a vector, which issuitable for expressing the polypeptide according to the invention in acell, preferable a mammalian cell. The method can thus also encompassone or more steps for integrating regulatory signals into the vector, inparticular signals, which mediate the expression in an organism such asa microorganism or mammalian cell.

Accordingly, the present invention also relates to a vector comprisingthe nucleic acid molecule characterized herein as part of a nucleic acidconstruct suitable for plant expression or the nucleic acid moleculeaccording to the invention.

A advantageous vector used in the process of the invention, e.g. thevector of the invention, comprises a nucleic acid molecule which encodesa nucleic acid molecule which is used in the method of the invention, ora nucleic acid construct suitable for the expression in a cellcomprising the nucleic acid molecules usable in the method of theinvention as described above, either alone or in combination withfurther genes such as marker or selection genes.

Accordingly, the recombinant expression vectors which are advantageouslyused in the method of the invention comprise the nucleic acid moleculesused in the method according to the invention or the nucleic acidconstruct according to the invention in a form which is suitable forexpressing a nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide as shownin SEQ ID NO 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of theshaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO 73, 75, 77,79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptorSEQ ID NO 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174, and in the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO 228, 230, 232, or ahomologue thereof and/or in the same time expressing, in a host cell,additional genes, which are accompanied by the nucleic acid moleculesaccording to the invention or described herein. Accordingly, therecombinant expression vectors comprise one or more regulatory signalsselected on the basis of the host cells to be used for the expression,in operable linkage with the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.

In accordance with the invention, the term “vector” refers to a nucleicacid molecule, which is capable of transporting another nucleic acid towhich it is linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which means acircular double-stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments canbe ligated. A further type of vector is a viral vector, it beingpossible to ligate additional DNA segments into the viral genome.Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cellinto which they have been introduced (for example bacterial vectors withbacterial replication origin). Other preferred vectors areadvantageously completely or partly integrated into the genome of a hostcell when they are introduced into the host cell and thus replicatetogether with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable ofcontrolling the expression of genes with which they are in operablelinkage. In the present context, these vectors are referred to as“expression vectors”. As mentioned above, they are capable of autonomousreplication or may be integrated partly or completely into the hostgenome. Expression vectors, which are suitable for DNA recombinationtechniques usually, take the form of plasmids. In the presentdescription, “plasmid” and “vector”, can be used interchangeably sincethe plasmid is the most frequently used form of a vector. However, theinvention is also intended to encompass these other forms of expressionvectors, such as viral vectors, which exert similar functions. The termvector is furthermore also to encompass other vectors which are known tothe skilled worker, such as phages, viruses such as SV40, CMV, TMV,transposons, IS elements, phasmids, phagemids, cosmids, and linear orcircular DNA.

In a recombinant expression vector, “operable linkage” means that thenucleic acid molecule of interest is linked to the regulatory signals insuch a way that expression of the genes is possible: they are linked toone another in such a way that the two sequences fulfill the predictedfunction assigned to the sequence (for example in an in-vitrotranscription/translation system, or in a host cell if the vector isintroduced into the host cell).

The term “regulatory sequence” is intended to comprise promoters,enhancers and other expression control elements (for examplepolyadenylation signals). These regulatory sequences are described, forexample, in Goeddel: Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990), or see: Gruber andCrosby, in: Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnolgy, CRCPress, Boca Raton, Fla., Ed.: Glick and Thompson, chapter 7, 89-108,including the references cited therein. Regulatory sequences encompassthose, which control the constitutive expression of a nucleotidesequence in many types of host cells and those which control the directexpression of the nucleotide sequence in specific host cells only, andunder specific conditions. The skilled worker knows that the design ofthe expression vector may depend on factors such as the selection of thehost cell to be transformed, the extent to which the protein amount isreduced, and the like. A preferred selection of regulatory sequences isdescribed above, for example promoters, terminators, enhancers and thelike. The term regulatory sequence is to be considered as beingencompassed by the term regulatory signal. Several advantageousregulatory sequences, in particular promoters and terminators aredescribed above. In general, the regulatory sequences described asadvantageous for nucleic acid construct suitable for expression are alsoapplicable for vectors.

As an alternative, the nucleic acid sequences can be expressed in insectcells using baculovirus expression vectors. Baculovirus vectors whichare available for expressing proteins in cultured insect cells (forexample Sf9 cells) encompass the pAc series (Smith et al. (1983) Mol.Cell Biol. 3:2156-2165) and the pVL series (Lucklow and Summers (1989)Virology 170:31-39). The abovementioned vectors are only a smalloverview of potentially suitable vectors. Further plasmids are known tothe skilled worker and are described, for example, in: Cloning Vectors(Ed. Pouwels, P. H., et al., Elsevier, Amsterdam-New York-Oxford, 1985,ISBN 0 444 904018). Further suitable expression systems for prokaryoticand eukaryotic cells, see the chapters 16 and 17 by Sambrook, J.,Fritsch, E. F., and Maniatis, T., Molecular Cloning: A LaboratoryManual, 2nd Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring HarborLaboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989.

Accordingly, one embodiment of the invention relates to a vectorcomprising a nucleic acid molecule for use in the process according tothe invention or a nucleic acid construct for use in the method of theinvention, e.g. the nucleic acid molecule or the nucleic acid constructof the invention. Said vector is useful for the transfection ortransformation of host cells in order to provide the expression of thepolypeptide according to the invention. Advantageously said nucleic acidmolecule is in an operable linkage with regulatory sequences for theexpression in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic, or in a prokaryotic and aneukaryotic host. Furthermore vectors which are suitable for homologousrecombination are also within the scope of the invention.

Accordingly, one embodiment of the invention relates to a host cell,which has been transformed stably or transiently with the vector usablein the process of the invention, in particular with the vector accordingto the invention or the nucleic acid molecule according to the inventionor the nucleic acid construct according to the invention, whereby themembrane of the host has not shown endogenously the activity of thepolypeptide of the invention.

A further embodiment of the invention also relates to a method for thegeneration of a transgenic host cell, e.g. a eukaryotic or prokaryotichost or host cell, preferably a transgenic mammalian cell whichcomprises introducing, into the host cell, the nucleic acid constructaccording to the invention, the vector according to the invention, orthe nucleic acid molecule according to the invention, whereby themembrane of the host has not shown endogenously the activity of thepolypeptide of the invention.

Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells viaconventional transformation or transfection techniques. The terms“transformation” and “transfection” include conjugation and transductionand, as used in the present context, are intended to encompass amultiplicity of prior-art methods for introducing foreign nucleic acidmolecules (for example DNA) into a host cell, including calciumphosphate coprecipitation or calcium chloride coprecipitation,DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, PEG-mediated transfection,lipofection, natural competence, chemically mediated transfer,electroporation or particle bombardment. Suitable methods for thetransformation or transfection of host cells, including plant cells, canbe found in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.,2^(nd) Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor LaboratoryPress, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989) and in other laboratory handbookssuch as Methods in Molecular Biology, 1995, Vol. 44, Agrobacteriumprotocols, Ed.: Gartland and Davey, Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.

To select for the successful transfer of a nucleic acid molecule, vectoror nucleic acid construct into a host organism, it is advantageous touse marker genes as have already been described above in detail. It isknown of the stable or transient integration of nucleic acids into plantcells that only a minority of the cells takes up the foreign DNA and, ifdesired, integrates it into its genome, depending on the expressionvector used and the transfection technique used. To identify and selectthese integrants, a gene encoding for a selectable marker (as describedabove, for example resistance to antibiotics) is usually introduced intothe host cells together with the gene of interest. Preferred selectablemarkers are, for example, markers, which encode genes involved in aresistance, preferably gene for resistance to antibiotics, or inbiosynthetic pathways of, for example, sugars or amino acids, such asβ-galactosidase, ura3 or ilv2. Markers, which encode genes such asluciferase, gfp or other fluorescence genes, are likewise suitable.These markers and the aforementioned markers can be used in mutants inwhom these genes are not functional since, for example, they have beendeleted by conventional methods. Furthermore, nucleic acid molecules,which encode a selectable marker, can be introduced into a host cell onthe same vector as those, which encode the nucleotide acid molecule usedin the process or else in a separate vector. Cells which have beentransfected stably with the nucleic acid molecule introduced can beidentified for example by selection (for example, cells which haveintegrated the selectable marker survive whereas the other cells die).

“Reporter genes” encode readily quantifiable proteins, as the abovementioned marker genes. The transformation efficacy or the expressionsite or timing can be assessed by means of these genes via growth assay,fluorescence assay, chemoluminescence assay, bioluminescence assay orresistance assay or via a photometric measurement (intrinsic color) orenzyme activity. Very especially preferred in this context are reporterproteins (Schenborn E, Groskreutz D. Mol Biotechnol. 1999; 13(1):29-44)such as the “green fluorescent protein” (GFP) (Gerdes H H and Kaether C,FEBS Lett. 1996; 389(1):44-47; Chui W L et al., Curr Biol 1996,6:325-330; Leffel S M et al., Biotechniques. 23(5):912-8, 1997),chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, a luciferase (Giacomin, Plant Sci1996, 116:59-72; Scikantha, J Bact 1996, 178:121; Millar et al., PlantMol Biol Rep 1992 10:324-414), and luciferase genes in general,beta-galactosidase or beta-glucuronidase (Jefferson et al., EMBO J.1987, 6, 3901-3907) or the Ura3 gene.

“Selection markers” confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxiccompounds: examples which may be mentioned in this context are theneomycin phosphotransferase gene, which confers resistance to theaminoglycoside antibiotics neomycin (G 418), kanamycin, paromycin(Deshayes A et al., EMBO J. 4 (1985) 2731-2737), the sul gene encoding amutated dihydropteroate synthase (Guerineau F et al., Plant Mol Biol.1990; 15(1):127-136), the hygromycin B phosphotransferase gene (Gen BankAccession NO: K 01193) and the she ble resistance gene, which confersresistance to the bleomycin antibiotics, e.g. zeocin. Further examplesof selection marker genes are genes which confer resistance to2-deoxyglucose-6-phosphate (WO 98/45456) or phosphinothricin and thelike, or those which confer a resistance to antimetabolites, for examplethe dhfr gene (Reiss, Plant Physiol. (Life Sci. Adv.) 13 (1994)142-149). Examples of other genes which are suitable are trpB or hisD(Hartman S C and Mulligan R C, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 85 (1988)8047-8051). Another suitable gene is the mannose phosphate isomerasegene (WO 94/20627), the ODC (ornithine decarboxylase) gene (McConlogue,1987 in: Current Communications in Molecular Biology, Cold Spring HarborLaboratory, Ed.) or the Aspergillus terreus deaminase (Tamura K et al.,Biosci Biotechnol Biochem. 59 (1995) 2336-2338).

In one embodiment the vector or nucleic acid construct of the inventioncomprises a nucleic acid sequence coding of an affinity tag. “Affinitytag”: this refers to a peptide or polypeptide whose coding nucleic acidsequence can be fused to the nucleic acid sequence encoding thepolypeptide of the invention either directly or by means of a linker,using customary cloning techniques. The affinity tag serves for theisolation, concentration and/or specific purification of the recombinanttarget protein by means of affinity chromatography from total cellextracts. The abovementioned linker can advantageously contain aprotease cleavage site (for example for thrombin or factor Xa), wherebythe affinity tag can be cleaved from the target protein when required.Examples of usual affinity tags are the “His tag” for example fromQuiagen, Hilden, “Strep tag”, the “Myc tag” (Invitrogen, Carlsberg), thetag from New England Biolabs which consists of a chitin-binding domainand an intein, the maltose-binding protein (pMal) from New EnglandBiolabs, and what is known as the CBD tag from Novagen. In this context,the affinity tag can be attached to the 5′ or the 3′ end of the codingnucleic acid sequence with the sequence encoding the target protein.

The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used for generatinghybridization probes via which functional equivalents of the nucleicacid sequences according to the invention can be isolated. Thegeneration of these probes and the experimental procedure are known. Forexample, this involves the specific generation of radioactive ornonradioactive probes by means of PCR and the use of suitably labeledoligonucleotides, followed by hybridization experiments. The techniquesrequired for this purpose are mentioned, for example, in T. Maniatis, E.F. Fritsch and J. Sambrook, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, ColdSpring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). The probes inquestion can furthermore be modified by standard techniques (Lit. SDM orrandom mutagenesis) in such a way that they can be employed for furtherpurposes, for example as probe which hybridizes specifically with mRNAand the corresponding coding sequences, in order to analyze thecorresponding sequences in other organisms.

The probe can be used for example for screening a genomic library or acDNA library of the insect in question or in a computer search foranalogous sequences in electronic databases.

“Genetic control sequence”: the term “genetic control sequence” isconsidered as equivalent to the term “regulatory sequence” and describessequences which have an effect on the transcription and, if appropriate,translation of the nucleic acids according to the invention inprokaryotic or eukaryotic organisms. Examples are promoters, terminatorsor what are known as “enhancer” sequences. In addition to these controlsequences, or instead of these sequences, the natural regulation ofthese sequences may still be present before the actual structural genesand may, if appropriate, have been genetically modified in such a waythat the natural regulation is switched off and the expression of thetarget gene has been modified, that is to say increased or reduced. Thechoice of the control sequence depends on the host organism or startingorganism. Genetic control sequences furthermore also comprise the5′-untranslated region, introns or the noncoding 3′ region of genes.Control sequences are furthermore understood as meaning those which makepossible homologous recombination or insertion into the genome of a hostorganism or which permit removal from the genome.

“Knock-out transformants” refers to individual transgenic organism inwhich a specific gene has been inactivated, respectively the activity ofa specific gene has been decreased, doew regulated, reduced or deletedin a targeted fashion by means of transformation.

“Natural genetic environment” refers to the natural chromosomal locus inthe organism of origin. In the case of a genomic library, the naturalgenetic environment of the nucleic acid sequence is preferably retainedat least in part. The environment flanks the nucleic acid sequence atleast 5′ or 3′ and has a sequence length of at least 50 bp, preferablyat least 100 bp, especially preferably at least 500 bp, very especiallypreferably at least 1 000 bp, and most preferably at least 5 000 bp.

“Reaction time” refers to the time required for carrying out an activityassay until a significant finding regarding an activity is obtained; itdepends both on the specific activity of the protein employed in theassay and on the method used and the sensitivity of the apparatus used.The skilled worker is familiar with the determination of the reactiontimes. In the case of methods for identifying fungicidally activecompounds which are based on photometry, the reaction times aregenerally between >0 and 360 minutes.

“Recombinant DNA” describes a combination of DNA sequences which can begenerated by recombinant DNA technology.

“Recombinant DNA technology”: generally known techniques for fusing DNAsequences (for example described in Sambrook et al., 1989, Cold SpringHarbor, N.Y., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press).

“Origin of Replication” ensure the multiplication of the expressioncassettes or vectors according to the invention in microorganisms andyeasts, for example the pBR322 ori, ColE1 or the 1³15 A on in E. coli(Sambrook et al.: Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed. ColdSpring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989) and theARS1 on in yeast (Nucleic Acids Research, 2000, 28(10): 2060-2068).

“Target/target protein”: the polypeptide of the invention, a protein,with the activity of i) a potassium ion channel and/or its accessoryprotein respectively, or

ii) a potassium ion channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype, or

iii) a protein, with the activity of an octopamine receptor, or

iv) a potassium ion channel.

All of the targets or sites of action share the characteristic that thefunctional presence of the target protein is essential for the survivalof the insect.

“Transformation” describes a process for introducing heterologous DNAinto a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. A transformed cell describes notonly the product of the transformation process per se, but also all ofthe transgenic progeny of the transgenic organism generated by thetransformation process.

“Transgenic”: referring to a nucleic acid sequence, an expressioncassette or a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to theinvention or an organism transformed with a nucleic acid sequenceaccording to the invention, expression cassette or vector, the termtransgenic describes all those constructs which have been generated bygenetic engineering methods in which either the nucleic acid sequence ofthe target protein or a genetic control sequence linked operably to thenucleic acid sequence of the target protein or a combination of theabovementioned possibilities are not in their natural geneticenvironment or have been modified by recombinant methods. In thiscontext, the modification can be achieved, for example, by mutating oneor more nucleotide residues of the nucleic acid sequence in quest.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to the use of thepolypeptide, the membrane or the host cell of the invention asinsecticidal target.

The deletion of the gene coding for insect voltage-gated potassiumchannel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessoryprotein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively inDrosophila melanogaster, or the inhibition of the activity of thevoltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like)and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interactingprotein) respectively is lethal for Drosophila melanogaster.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the present invention is directed to theuse of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected fromthe group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18,        22, 26 and/or 30;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channel        Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory        protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,        45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57,        58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71        respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 7, 8; 9, 10; 11, 12;        respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively,

or a homologue thereof as insecticidal target.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,the deletion of the gene coding for insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively in Drosophila melanogaster, or the inhibition of theactivity of the Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively is lethal forDrosophila melanogaster.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the present invention is directed to theuse of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected fromthe group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85        and/or 87;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleic acid molecule        shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide        comprising a polypeptide sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 73,        75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79,        81, 83, 85 and/or 87;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a Shaker channel and/or a        Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C        subtype respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a Shaker        channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta        subunit A or C subtype respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111,        112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124        and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128 respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95;        96, 97; 98, 99 and/or 100, 101 respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a Shaker        channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta        subunit A or C subtype respectively,    -   or a homologue thereof as insecticidal target.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, the deletion of the genecoding for insect octopamine receptor selected from the group consistingof oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R in Drosophila melanogaster or other insects, or theinhibition of the activity of the octopamine receptor selected from thegroup consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is lethal for Drosophila melanogaster orother insect respectively.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the present invention is directed to theuse of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected fromthe group consisting of

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170        and/or 174;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137,        141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide        comprising a polypeptide sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 130,        134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138,        142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a octopamine receptor selected from        the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila        melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a octopamine        receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably        from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,        188, 189 and/or 190, and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197,        198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208,        and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,        220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226 respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140;        143, 144; 147, 148; 151, 152; 155, 156, 159, 160; 163, 164; 167,        168; 171, 172 and/or 175, 176;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a octopamine        receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably        from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R,    -   or a homologue thereof as insecticidal target.

In the case of the SK-channel, the deletion of the gene coding forinsect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel in Drosophilamelanogaster, or the inhibition of the activity of the insectsmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel is lethal forDrosophila melanogaster.

Accordingly, in one embodiment the present invention is directed to theuse of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selected fromthe group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 228, 230, 232;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated        potassium channel;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more        motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240,        241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and        253;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234, 235, 236; and 237,        238; respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a        small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel,    -   or a homologue thereof as insecticidal target.

The invention furthermore relates to nucleic acid construct orexpression cassettes comprising

a) genetic control sequences in operable linkage with a nucleic acidsequence encompassing

i) a nucleic acid sequence with the nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQID NO 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of the shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO 72, 74, 76, 78, 80,82, 84 and/or 86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ IDNO 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, andin the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO 227, 229, 231; or

ii) a nucleic acid sequence which, on the basis of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from the amino acid sequence shown in SEQID NO 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, in the case of the shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO 73, 75, 77, 79, 81,83, 85 and/or 87, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ IDNO 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174, andin the case of the SK-channel SEQ ID NO 228, 230, 232 by backtranslation; or

iii) a functional equivalent of the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO 1,5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, in the case of the shaker channel and/ora Hyperkinetic beta subunit SEQ ID NO 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or86, in the case of the G-protein coupled receptor SEQ ID NO 129, 133,137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, and in the caseof the SK-channel SEQ ID NO 227, 229, 231;

and

b) additional functional elements; or

c) a combination of a) and b) and to the use of the nucleic acidconstruct or the expression cassettes comprising

a) genetic control sequences in operable linkage with a nucleic acidsequence according to the invention;

b) additional functional elements; or

c) a combination of a) and b) in “in vitro” or “in vivo” assay systems.

The invention furthermore relates to the use of the abovementionedembodiments of the nucleic acid construct or the expression cassettesfor expressing the polypeptide of the invention for in-vitro or in-vivoassay systems.

In one embodiment the present invention is directed to the use of thepolypeptide, the membrane or the host cell of the invention foridentifying compounds with insecticidal activity.

The present invention furthermore relates to the use of a polypeptide ofthe invention in a method for identifying insecticidal compounds.

A preferred embodiment of the method according to the inventioncomprises the following steps:

i. bringing a polypeptide of the invention into contact with one or moretest compounds under conditions which permit the test compound(s) tobind to the polypeptide of the invention,

ii. detecting whether the test compound binds the polypeptide of theinvention set forth in i); or

iii. detecting whether the test compound reduces or inhibits or blocksthe activity of the polypeptide of the invention set forth in i); or

iv. detecting whether the test compound reduces or inhibits or blocksthe transcription, translation or expression of the polypeptide with theactivity of

1. the voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 orShaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively set forth in i), or

2. the Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferablyH-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively set forth in i), or

3. the octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R set forth in i), or

4. the insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel setforth in i).

The detection in accordance with step ii or iii of the above methodregarding the activity of the polypeptide of the invention can beassessed using a variety of in vitro and in vivo assays, e. g.,measuring current, measuring membrane potential, measuring ion flow, e.g., potassium or rubidium, measuring potassium concentration, measuringsecond messengers and transcription levels, using potassium-dependentyeast growth assays, and using e. g., voltage-sensitive dyes,radioactive tracers, and patch-clamp electrophysiology.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, the detection inaccordance with step ii or iii of the above method regarding theactivity of the polypeptide of the invention can be assessed using avariety of in vitro and in vivo assays, e. g., measuring current,measuring membrane potential, measuring ion′ flow, e. g., calcium,preferably measuring calcium concentration, measuring secand messengersand transcription levels, using potassium-dependent yeast growth assays,and using e. g., calcium concentration sensitive dyes or radioactivetracers.

The detection in accordance with step ii or iii of the above method canbe effected using techniques which identify the interaction betweenprotein and ligand. In this context, either the test compound or thepolypeptide can contain a detectable label such as, for example, afluorescent label, a radioisotope, a chemiluminescent label or anmembrane or potentiometric label. Examples of labels are selected fromthe group consisting blue membrane potential dye from Molecular Devices,ANEP (AminoNaphthylEthenylPyridinium) dyes like di-4-ANEPPS,di-8-ANEPPS, di-2-ANEPEQ+, di-8-ANEPPQ, di-12-ANEPPQ; RH dyes(originally synthesized by Rina Hildesheim), including a serie ofdialkylaminophenylpolyenylpyridinium dyes from Molecular

Probes like RH 414 (T-1111), RH 795 (R-649) and RH 237 (S-1109). RH 421(S-1108), or other dyes from Molecular Probes based on Carbocyanine andOxonol as described in the Seventh Edition of Molecular Probes' Handbookof Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals published in 1999.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, inone embodiment of the invention the method of detection whether the testcompound reduces or inhibits or blocks the activity of the polypeptideof the invention comprises subjecting CHO-cells stably transfected witha insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferablyH-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, preferably selected fromthe group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or86, to

loading with at least one of the above mentioned dyes, preferably bluemembrane potential dye from Molecular Devices, for 0.1-3 hours,preferably 0.5-1 hours, preferably 0.45 hours, activating the Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively by increasing the extrcellular level of KCl,in a concentration of the EC50 value of 1-120 mM, preferably 10-60 mM,more preferably 50 mM KCl, adding the compound suspected to have theability to inhibit the activity of the channel, preferably in aconcentration of 1 μM-100 mM, 10-10000 μM, preferably 100-1000 μMmeasuring the luminescence, fluorescence,

comparing the data of the luminescence/fluorescence of the dye with acontrol and determining whether the tested compound has the ability toinhibit the activity of the channel.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, the detection inaccordance with step ii or iii of the above method can be effected usingtechniques which identify the interaction between protein and ligand. Inthis context, either the test compound or the polypeptide can contain adetectable label such as, for example, a fluorescent label, aradioisotope, a chemiluminescent label or an membrane or potentiometriclabel. Examples of labels are selected from the group of calciumconcentration sensitive dyes, e.g. Fluo-4 Calcium Crimson™, CalciumGreen™, Calcium Orange™, Calcium Yellow™, Fura Red™, Oregon Green®,Rhod-3, X-rhod-5F, Fura-2, bis-fura-2, fluo-5F, fluo-5N, fura dextran,fura-4F, fura-5F, fura-6F, fura-FF, fura-FF, quin-2, rhod dextran,rhod-2, rhod-5N or rhod-FF or other dyes from Molecular Probes based onCarbocyanine and Oxonol as described in the Seventh Edition of MolecularProbes' Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals publishedin 1999.

In the case of the SK-channel, in one embodiment of the invention themethod of detection whether the test compound reduces or inhibits orblocks the activity of the polypeptide of the invention comprisessubjecting CHO-cells stably transfected with a insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel, preferably selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NOs: 227, 229, 231, to

loading with at least one of the above mentioned dyes, preferably bluemembrane potential dye from Molecular Devices, for 2-6 hours, preferably−5 hours, preferably 4 hours, activating the small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel with a ionophore, preferably ionomycin,in a concentration of the EC50 value of 100-500 nM, more preferably 200nM, meaning incubation the cells in a concentration of 1-5 μM,

adding the compound suspected to have the ability to inhibit theactivity of the channel in a concentration of 5-50 5-20 μM, preferably10 μM measuring the luminescence, fluorescence

comparing the data the luminescence/fluorescence of the dye with acontrol and determining whether the tested compound has the ability toinhibit the activity of the channel.

In one embodiment of the invention the method of detection whether thetest compound reduces or inhibits or blocks the activity of thepolypeptide of the invention comprises subjecting CHO-cells stablytransfected with a insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, preferably selected from thegroup consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29, to

loading with at least one of the above mentioned dyes, preferably bluemembrane potential dye from Molecular Devices, for 0.5-3 hours,preferably 1.5 hours, preferably 2-2.5 hours, activating thevoltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like)and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interactingprotein) respectively by increasing the extracellular level of KCl, in aconcentration of the EC50 value of 10-120 mM, preferably 10-60 mM, morepreferably 30 mM KCl,

adding the compound suspected to have the ability to inhibit theactivity of the channel in a concentration of 1-200 μM, 5-100 μM,preferably 25-30 μM measuring the luminescence, fluorescence

comparing the data the luminescence/fluorescence of the dye with acontrol

and determining whether the tested compound has the ability to inhibitthe activity of the channel.

The compound suspected of having the ability to inhibit the activity ofthe polypeptide of the invention is added directly to the bath solution.

Alternatively the detection in accordance with step ii or iii of theabove method can be effected using the patch clamp technique.

Several variations of the basic technique can be applied selected fromthe group consisting of inside-out, outside-out, cell-attached, bothexcised patch, whole-cell patch and perforated patch techniques.

The subsequent detection depends on the label and is known to theskilled worker.

In one embodiment of the invention the method of detection whether thetest compound reduces or inhibits or blocks the activity of thepolypeptide of the invention comprises subjecting CHO-cells stablytransfected with a insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively, preferably selected from thegroup consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30, tothe whole-cell configuration of the patch-clamp technique at roomtemperature (22-25° C.), using borosilicate glass capillaries with aresistances of 2-3 MOhm when filled with pipette solution and measuredin bath solution, preferably compensating liquid junction potentialbetween bath and pipette solution, measuring membrane current underwhole-cell clamp, sampled at 2 kHz and filtered at 1 kHz, holding thecells at −70 mV and applying a family of 400 ms test voltage pulsesstarting from −100 to +130 mV in 10 mV increments every 2 sec, measuringthe amplitude, as measured for the current-voltage relationship, anddefining as the maximal outward current at a given depolarizingpotential.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, inone embodiment of the invention the method of detection whether the testcompound reduces or inhibits or blocks the activity of the polypeptideof the invention comprises subjecting CHO-cells stably transfected witha insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferablyH-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively, preferably selected fromthe group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or87, to the whole-cell configuration of the patch-clamp technique at roomtemperature (22-25° C.). The whole-cell voltage-clamp method of theinvention comprises for data acquisition and further analysis, using theEPC10 digitally controlled amplifier in combination with PATCHMASTERsoftware (HEKA Electronics, Lambrect, Germany). The EPC10 providesautomatic subtraction of capacitance and leakage currents by mean ofprepulse. The data are filtered at 66.7 KHz (−3 dB, 8-pole Bessellowpass) and digitized at 5 μs per point. The input resistance of thepatch pipettes is 2.0-4.0 MΩ and the capacitances of the cells were15.3±2.1 pF (n=45); the residual series resistances (after up to 80%compensation) are 4.2±0.4 MΩ. Correction for liquid junction potentialis routinely applied. Membrane potential is clamped at −100 mV andcurrents are elicited by 50 ms depolarization pulses (0.1 Hz) from −60mV to +100 mV (or +60 mV).

The compound suspected of having the ability to inhibit the activity ofthe polypeptide of the invention is added directly to the bath solution.

In one embodiment the subtraction of residual capacitance and leakcurrent is performed with an on-line P/4 protocol by pClamp.

In the case of the G-protein coupled receptor, in one embodiment of theinvention the method of detection whether the test compound reduces orinhibits or blocks the activity of the polypeptide of the inventioncomprises subjecting CHO-cells stably expressing the G-alpha-16promiscuous

G protein and stably or transiently expressing a octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R, preferably selectedfrom the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149,153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173, to

loading with at least one of the above mentioned dyes, preferablyFluo-4, for 0.1-3 hours, preferably 0.5-2 hours, preferably 1 hour,

placing into the FLIPR and run using a two-additon protocol, whereby thetest compounds, the compound suspected to have the ability to block orto activate the octopamine receptor, is to be added in the firstaddition and allowed to incubate for three minutes,

the activator octopamine is then to be introduced in the second additionat an EC80 concentration and the fluorescence read for two minutes.Controls will to be run for both additions. An increase in fluorescenceabove baseline in the first addition will indicate a possible activatorand a reduced response or no increase in the second addition mayindicate a possible inhibitor.

The subsequent detection depends on the label and is known to theskilled worker.

In the case of the SK-channel, in one embodiment of the invention themethod of detection whether the test compound reduces or inhibits orblocks the activity of the polypeptide of the invention comprisessubjecting CHO-cells stably transfected with a insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel, preferably selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NOs: 228, 230, 232, to the whole-cell configurationof the patch-clamp technique at room temperature (22-25° C.), usingborosilicate glass capillaries with a resistances of 2-3 MOhm whenfilled with pipette solution and measured in bath solution, preferablycompensating liquid junction potential between bath and pipettesolution, measuring membrane current under whole-cell clamp, sampled at2 kHz and filtered at 1 kHz, holding the cells at −70 mV and applying afamily of 400 ms test voltage pulses starting from −100 to +130 mV in 10mV increments every 2 sec, measuring the amplitude, as measured for thecurrent-voltage relationship, and defining as the maximal outwardcurrent at a given depolarizing potential.

It is also possible, in the method according to the invention, to employa plurality of test compounds in a method according to the invention. Ifa group of test compounds affects the target, then it is either possibledirectly to isolate the individual test compounds or to divide the groupof test compounds into a variety of subgroups, for example when itconsists of a multiplicity of different components, in order to reducethe number of the different test compounds in the method according tothe invention. The method according to the invention is then repeatedwith the individual test compound or the relevant subgroup of testcompounds. Depending on the complexity of the sample, theabove-described steps can be carried out repeatedly, preferably untilthe subgroup identified in accordance with the method according to theinvention only comprises a small number of test compounds, or indeedjust one test compound.

The method according to the invention can advantageously be carried outas an HTS procedure.

HTS makes possible the simultaneous testing of a multiplicity ofdifferent compounds.

The quality of a high throughput screen is determined by two factors,the relative size of the assay window and the stability of this assaywindow from control experiment to control experiment (i.e. stability ofassay signal across ˜20 assay screening plates of controls). This isexpressed as the z′ factor for the screen and the equation:

Z′=1−((3σ_(max)+3σ_(min))/(Iμ _(max)−μ_(min) I)).

In the case of the SK-channel, the quality of a high throughput screenis determined by two factors, the relative size of the assay window, inthis case signal from a fully activated channel minus a the signal froman unactivated channel (usually expressed in arbitrary units). Thesecond factor is the stability of this assay window from controlexperiment to control experiment (i.e. stability of assay signal across˜20 assay screening plates of controls). This is expressed as the z′factor for the screen and the equation:

Z′=1−[3*(σ_(max)+σ_(min))/Abs(Ave(MAX)−Ave(MIN))].

A calculated Z′>0.5 is considered an excellent assay.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,alternatively for the calculation of the Z′ factor the following formulais used:

$Z^{\prime} = {1 - \left( \frac{3*\left( {{{{ST}.{DEV}}\mspace{14mu} {agonist}} + {{{ST}.{DEV}}\mspace{14mu} {Tyrode}}} \right.}{{{MEAN}\mspace{14mu} {agonist}} - {{MEAN}\mspace{14mu} {Tyrode}}} \right)}$

In this context preferred embodiments which are also suitable forhigh-throughput screening methods (HTS) in connection with the presentinvention, must be mentioned in particular: 1. In accordance with apreferred embodiment, the detection of step ii (and in the case of theSK-channel, variant 3) of the method according to the inventionencompasses the following steps: Fluorescent resonance energy transfer(FRET) is based on the irradiation-free energy transfer between twospatially adjacent fluorescent molecules under suitable conditions. Aprerequisite is that the emission spectrum of the donor moleculeoverlaps with the excitation spectrum of the acceptor molecule. Byfluorescently labeling UGP and the test compounds, the binding can bemeasured by means of FRET (Cytometry 34, 1998, pp. 159-179). As analternative, the method according to the invention may also take theform of the “displacement assay” described under 1. An especiallysuitable embodiment of FRET technology is “Homogeneous Time ResolvedFluorescence” (HTRF) as can be obtained from Packard BioScience. Thecompounds which are identified in this manner may be suitable asinhibitors.

2. In accordance with a preferred embodiment, the detection of step ii(and in the case of the SK-channel, variant 3) of the method accordingto the invention comprises the following steps: The measurement ofsurface plasmon resonance is based on the change in the refractive indexat a surface when a chemical compound binds to a protein which isimmobilized to said surface. Since the change in the refractive index isidentical for virtually all proteins and polypeptides for a definedchange in the mass concentration at the surface, this method can beapplied to any protein in principle (Lindberg et al. Sensor Actuators 4(1983) 299-304; Malmquist Nature 361 (1993) 186-187). The measurementcan be carried out for example with the automatic analyzer based onsurface plasmon resonance which is available from Biacore (Freiburg) ata throughput of, currently, up to 384 samples per day. A methodaccording to the invention can be designed directly for measuring thebinding of the test compound to the UGP. As an alternative, the methodaccording to the invention may also take the form of the “displacementassay” described under 1. The compounds identified in this manner may besuitable as inhibitors.

3. In accordance with a preferred embodiment, the detection of step iiof the method according to the invention comprises the use of FLIPRMembrane Potential Assay Kits from Molecular Devices as disclosed in theexamples. The method is based on the application of voltage-sensitivedyes on the FLIPR Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader system, whileshowing good correlation with manual patch clamping data.

4. In accordance with a preferred embodiment, the detection of step iiof the method according to the invention comprises the use of BIOMOLCompound Screening or the BioFocus compound screening, using two fluidaddition method to permit the detection of activators and antagonists ina single experiment, or subsequent BIOMOL and BioFocus validationscreening as disclosed in the examples.

In the case of the shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,the method of the invention puts a functional cellular-based assay forthe Drosophila melanogaster Shaker channel at disposal, preferablydeveloped in CHO-K1 cells by stable pure clone selection and functionalcharacterization with Membrane Potential sensitive dye at FLIPR,preferably for FLIPR384 and/or FLIPRTETRA or both experiments, andelectrophysiological techniques.

The generated assay completely fulfil the HTS requirements showing veryhigh signal quality and reproducibility.

For the purposes of high-throughput screening, the following parametersare to be mentioned:

-   -   Activator KCl concentration: 50 mM (˜EC80) in Activation buffer    -   Reference Z′: 0.60    -   Minimal acceptable Z′ for single assay plate: 0.45    -   % Inhibition Threshold for Hit: 40%

All of the substances identified via the above mentioned methods cansubsequently be checked for their insecticidal action in anotherembodiment of the method according to the invention.

Furthermore, there exists the possibility of detecting furthercandidates for insecticidal active ingredients by molecular modeling viaelucidation of the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide of theinvention by x-ray structure analysis. The preparation of proteincrystals required for x-ray structure analysis, and the relevantmeasurements and subsequent evaluations of these measurements, thedetection of a binding site in the protein, and the prediction ofpotential inhibitor structures are known to the skilled worker. Inprinciple, an optimization of the active compounds identified by theabovementioned methods is also possible via molecular modeling.

In one embodiment the activity of the polypeptide of the inventionincubated with the test compound is compared with the activity of acontrol a wild type cell or a polypeptide of the invention which has notbeen incubated with a test compound in step iii.

In this context, compounds are selected in step (iii) which result in asignificant decrease in the activity of the polypeptide of theinvention, a reduction of at least 10%, advantageously at least 20%,25%, 29% preferably at least 30%, especially preferably at least 50% andvery especially preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% 96%, 97%, 98%,995, or 100% reduction (inhibition), being achieved.

The invention furthermore relates to compounds identified by the methodsaccording to the invention. These compounds are hereinbelow referred toas “selected compounds”. They have a molecular weight of less than 1 000g/mol, advantageously less than 500 g/mol, preferably less than 400g/mol, especially preferably less than 300 g/mol. Insecticidal activecompounds have a Ki value of less than 1 μM, preferably less than 1 μM,especially preferably less than 0.1 μM, very especially preferably lessthan 0.01 μM.

Substances identified via the above mentioned methods and/or as shown inthe examples are depicted in table I:

% Inhibi- Structure tion Mol Formula Mol Weight

80-100% C6H8ClN7O 229.627 g/mol

C16H15F3N2O4  356.3 g/mol

C26H29N3O6 479.525 g/mol

42.6 C15H13NO 223.28

35.2 C25H21NO5 415.45

32.5 C17H13ClF3NO 339.75

39.7 C17H14N2O 262.31

56.8 C14H13NOS 243.33

52.0 C15H15NOS 257.36

38.3 C15H14ClNO2S 307.8

56.8 C20H14ClFN2O 352.8

55.5 C23H17FN2O 356.4

60.3 C22H17F4NO4 435.38

32.0 C17H15ClFNO2 319.77

52.6 C16H12ClF2NO 307.73

46.0 C20H17ClN2OS 368.89

41.5 C21H15ClFNO4 399.81

32.1 C23H15F3N2O2 408.38

31.4 C20H15F3N2O2S 404.41

39.1 C21H15F3N2O2 384.36

50.4 C21H17F3N2O3 402.38

29.1 C22H17F3N2O2 398.39

40.1 C21H17F3N2O3 402.38

34.0 C20H14F4N2O2S 422.4

33.5 C17H13F4NO2 339.29

37.8 C19H15F3N2O2S2 424.47

42.5 C19H15FN2OS 338.41

29.3 C20H17FN2OS 352.43

48.5 C21H17FN2O 332.38

57.5 C23H19FN2O2 374.42

37.5 C19H14F2N2OS 356.4

42.7 C21H13F5N2O 404.34

54.9 C19H14F2N2O2 340.33

54.1 C22H16F2N2O2 378.38

58.0 C21H15FN2OS 362.43

33.0 C20H17ClN2O2 352.82

33.3 C22H17ClN2O2 376.85

36.4 C20H14Cl2N2O 369.25

31.2 C18H13F3N2O2 346.31

63.3 C23H17ClN2O 372.86

38.7 C18H16ClFN2O4 378.79

29.6 C21H21N3O2 347.42

52.7 C19H19FN2O3 342.37

38.7 C18H14ClN3O2 339.78

31.5 C18H15ClN2O4 358.78

30.2 C17H14F2N2O2 316.31

36.2 C24H22FN3O3 419.46

33.3 C24H23N3O2 385.47

41.6 C19H17FN2O3 340.36

41.3 C19H2OFN3O2 341.39

38.0 C19H15Cl2FN2O2S 425.31

30.2 C20H16F3N3O5S 467.43

35.0 C22H18F3N3O2S 445.47

33.3 C23H20F3N3O2S 459.49

30.2 C20H16F4N2O3S 440.42

35.2 C21H19FN2O2 350.4

The selected compounds are suitable for controlling insect pests asthose mentioned above. Examples of those insects are the selected fromthe group consisting of Pterygota, Neopetra, Hemiptera, Coleoptera,Diptera, Homoptera, Tenebrionoidea, Tenebrionidae, Tenebrio,Sternorrhyncha, Aphidina, Brachycera, Drosophilidae, Drosophilinae andDrosophila, preferably in the case of the SK-channel Green Peach Aphid(Myzus persica) and/or Red Flower Beetle (Tribolium castaneum).

The selected compounds are suitable for controlling insect pests inagriculture, for protection of crops, forests, urban trees, rangelands,postharvest systems (e.g. stored grains) and natural areas againstinsect pests as well as in storage of grains and/or food.

The selected compounds are suitable for preventing Infestation, meaningto impede the growth of a pest population that it becomes so large itbecomes harmful or unpleasant.

According to the invention, a insect pest is any insect that isundesirable or causes harm to people, property, or the environment. Anorganism may be a pest in one place but not in another; for example,termites in a house vs. those that recycle dead trees in a forest.

The selected compounds can also be present in the form of their usefulsalts. Useful salts which are suitable are mainly the salts of thosecations, or the acid addition salts of those acids, whose cations, oranions, do not adversely affect the insecticidal action of theinsecticidal active compounds identified via the methods according tothe invention.

All of the compounds identified via the above methods can, if theycontain chiral centers, be subject matter of the present invention inthe form of pure enantiomers or diastereomers or in the form of theirmixtures and as racemates.

The selected compounds can be chemically synthesized substances orsubstances produced by microorganisms and can be found, for example, incell extracts of, for example, plants, animals or microorganisms. Thereaction mixture can be a cell-free extract or comprise a cell or cellculture. Suitable methods are known to the SKilled worker and aredescribed generally for example in Alberts, Molecular Biology the cell,3^(rd) Edition (1994), for example chapter 17.

Possible test compounds can be expression libraries such as, forexample, cDNA expression libraries, peptides, proteins, nucleic acids,antibodies, small organic substances, hormones, PNAs or the like(Milner, Nature Medicin 1 (1995), 879-880; Hupp, Cell. 83 (1995),237-245; Gibbs, Cell. 79 (1994), 193-198 and references cited therein).

Compounds with an insecticidal activity according to the invention areselected from the group consisting of TMB-8, Nifedipine, Nitrndipine,Tetrandrine, Verapamil, Methoxy Verapamil, YS035, Propafenone,Quinidine, Sulfonamides, Thiazolidinones, Indolones, Isoxazolylamides.

For use in a method according to the present invention, the compoundscan be converted into the customary formulations, e.g. solutions,emulsions, suspensions, dusts, powders, pastes, granules and directlysprayable solutions. The use form depends on the particular purpose andapplication method. Formulations and application methods are chosen toensure in each case a fine and uniform distribution of the compound ofthe formula I according to the present invention.

The formulations are prepared in a known manner (see e.g. for reviewU.S. Pat. No. 3,060,084, EP-A 707 445 (for liquid concentrates),Browning, “Agglomeration”, Chemical Engineering, Dec. 4, 1967, 147-48,Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook, 4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York,1963, pages 8-57 and et seq. WO 91/13546, U.S. Pat. No. 4,172,714, U.S.Pat. No. 4,144,050, U.S. Pat. No. 3,920,442, U.S. Pat. No. 5,180,587,U.S. Pat. No. 5,232,701, U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,030, GB 2,095,558, U.S.Pat. No. 3,299,566, Klingman, Weed Control as a Science, John Wiley andSons, Inc., New York, 1961, Hance et al., Weed Control Handbook, 8thEd., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1989 and Mollet, H.,Grubemann, A., Formulation technology, Wiley VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim(Germany), 2001, 2. D. A. Knowles, Chemistry and Technology ofAgrochemical Formulations, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1998(ISBN 0-7514-0443-8), for example by extending the active compound withauxiliaries suitable for the formulation of agrochemicals, such assolvents and/or carriers, if desired emulsifiers, surfactants anddispersants, preservatives, antifoaming agents, anti-freezing agents,for seed treatment formulation also optionally colorants and/or bindersand/or gelling agents.

Solvents/carriers, which are suitable, are e.g.:

-   -   solvents such as water, aromatic solvents (for example Solvesso        products, xylene and the like), paraffins (for example mineral        fractions), alcohols (for example methanol, butanol, pentanol,        benzyl alcohol), ketones (for example cyclohexanone,        gamma-butyrolactone), pyrrolidones (N-metyhl-pyrrolidone        (NMP),N-octylpyrrolidone NOP), acetates (glycol diacetate),        alkyl lactates, lactones such as g-butyrolactone, glycols, fatty        acid dimethylamides, fatty acids and fatty acid esters,        triglycerides, oils of vegetable or animal origin and modified        oils such as alkylated plant oils. In principle, solvent        mixtures may alk, be used.    -   carriers such as ground natural minerals and ground synthetic        minerals, such as silica gels, finely divided silicic acid,        silicates, talc, kaolin, attaclay, limestone, lime, chalk, bole,        loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium sulfate and        magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground synthetic materials,        fertilizers, such as, for example, ammonium sulfate, ammonium        phosphate, ammonium nitrate, ureas and products of vegetable        origin, such as cereal meal, tree bark meal, wood meal and        nutshell meal, cellulose powders and other solid carriers.

Suitable emulsifiers are nonionic and anionic emulsifiers (for examplepolyoxyethylene fatty alcohol ethers, alkylsulfonates andarylsulfonates).

Examples of dispersants are lignin-sulfite waste liquors andmethylcellulose.

Suitable surfactants are alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and ammoniumsalts of lignosulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, phenolsulfonicacid, dibutylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, alkylaryl-sulfonates, alkylsulfates, alkylsulfonates, fatty alcohol sulfates, fatty acids andsulfated fatty alcohol glycol ethers, furthermore condensates ofsulfonated naphthalene and naphthalene derivatives with formaldehyde,condensates of naphthalene or of naphthalenesulfonic acid with phenoland formaldehyde, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, ethoxylatedisooctylphenol, octylphenol, nonylphenol, alkylphenyl polyglycol ethers,tributylphenyl polyglycol ether, tristearylphenyl polyglycol ether,alkylaryl polyether alcohols, alcohol and fatty alcohol/ethylene oxidecondensates, ethoxylated castor oil, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers,ethoxylated polyoxypropylene, lauryl alcohol polyglycol ether acetal,sorbitol esters,

Also anti-freezing agents such as glycerin, ethylene glycol, propyleneglycol and bactericides such as can be added to the formulation.

Suitable antifoaming agents are for example antifoaming agents based onsilicon or magnesium stearate.

Suitable preservatives are for example dichlorophen and benzyl alcoholhemiformal Suitable thickeners are compounds which confer apseudoplastic flow behavior to the formulation, i.e. high viscosity atrest and low viscosity in the agitated stage. Mention may be made, inthis context, for example, of commercial thickeners based onpolysaccharides, such as Xanthan Gum® (Kelzan® from Kelco), Rhodopol®23(Rhone Poulenc) or Veegum® (from R. T. Vanderbilt), or organicphyllosilicates, such as Attaclay® (from Engelhardt). Antifoam agentssuitable for the dispersions according to the invention are, forexample, silicone emulsions (such as, for example, Silikon® SRE, Wackeror Rhodorsil® from Rhodia), long-chain alcohols, fatty acids,organofluorine compounds and mixtures thereof. Biocides can be added tostabilize the compositions according to the invention against attack bymicroorganisms. Suitable biocides are, for example, based onisothiazolones such as the compounds marketed under the trademarksProxel® from Avecia (or Arch) or Acticide® RS from Thor Chemie andKathon® MK from Rohm & Haas. Suitable antifreeze agents are organicpolyols, for example ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or glycerol.These are usually employed in amounts of not more than 10% by weight,based on the total weight of the active compound composition. Ifappropriate, the active compound compositions according to the inventionmay comprise 1 to 5% by weight of buffer, based on the total amount ofthe formulation prepared, to regulate the pH, the amount and type of thebuffer used depending on the chemical properties of the active compoundor the active compounds. Examples of buffers are alkali metal salts ofweak inorganic or organic acids, such as, for example, phosphoric acid,boronic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid,tartaric acid, oxalic acid and succinic acid.

Substances which are suitable for the preparation of directly sprayablesolutions, emulsions, pastes or oil dispersions are mineral oilfractions of medium to high boiling point, such as kerosene or dieseloil, furthermore coal tar oils and oils of vegetable or animal origin,aliphatic, cyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene,xylene, paraffin, tetrahydronaphthalene, alkylated naphthalenes or theirderivatives, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, cyclohexanol,cyclohexanone, isophorone, strongly polar solvents, for example dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone and water.

Powders, materials for spreading and dusts can be prepared by mixing orconcomitantly grinding the active substances with a solid carrier.

Granules, for example coated granules, impregnated granules andhomogeneous granules, can be prepared by binding the active ingredientsto solid carriers. Examples of solid carriers are mineral earths such assilica gels, silicates, talc, kaolin, attaclay, limestone, lime, chalk,bole, loess, clay, dolomite, diatomaceous earth, calcium sulfate,magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide, ground synthetic materials,fertilizers, such as, for example, ammonium sulfate, ammonium phosphate,ammonium nitrate, ureas, and products of vegetable origin, such ascereal meal, tree bark meal, wood meal and nutshell meal, cellulosepowders and other solid carriers.

In general, the formulations comprise from 0.01 to 95% by weight,preferably from 0.1 to 90% by weight, of the active ingredient. Theactive ingredients are employed in a purity of from 90% to 100%,preferably 95% to 100% (according to NMR spectrum).

For seed treatment purposes, respective formulations can be diluted 2-10fold leading to concentrations in the ready to use preparations of 0.01to 60% by weight active compound by weight, preferably 0.1 to 40% byweight.

The compound identified according to the method of the invention can beused as such, in the form of their formulations or the use formsprepared therefrom, for example in the form of directly sprayablesolutions, powders, suspensions or dispersions, emulsions, oildispersions, pastes, dustable products, materials for spreading, orgranules, by means of spraying, atomizing, dusting, spreading orpouring. The use forms depend entirely on the intended purposes; theyare intended to ensure in each case the finest possible distribution ofthe active compounds according to the invention.

The following are examples of formulations:

1. Products for dilution with water. For seed treatment purposes, suchproducts may be applied to the seed diluted or undiluted.

A) Water-soluble concentrates (SL, LS)

10 parts by weight of the active compound is dissolved in 90 parts byweight of water or a water-soluble solvent. As an alternative, wettersor other auxiliaries are added. The active compound dissolves upondilution with water, whereby a formulation with 10% (w/w) of activecompound is obtained.

B) Dispersible concentrates (DC)

20 parts by weight of the active compound is dissolved in 70 parts byweight of cyclohexanone with addition of 10 parts by weight of adispersant, for example polyvinylpyrrolidone. Dilution with water givesa dispersion, whereby a formulation with 20% (w/w) of active compoundsis obtained.

C) Emulsifiable concentrates (EC)

15 parts by weight of the active compounds is dissolved in 7 parts byweight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate andcastor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight). Dilution withwater gives an emulsion, whereby a formulation with 15% (w/w) of activecompounds is obtained.

D) Emulsions (EW, EO, ES)

25 parts by weight of the active compound is dissolved in 35 parts byweight of xylene with addition of calcium dodecylbenzenesulfonate andcastor oil ethoxylate (in each case 5 parts by weight). This mixture isintroduced into 30 parts by weight of water by means of an emulsifiermachine (e.g. Ultraturrax) and made into a homogeneous emulsion.Dilution with water gives an emulsion, whereby a formulation with 25%(w/w) of active compound is obtained.

E) Suspensions (SC, OD, FS)

In an agitated ball mill, 20 parts by weight of the active compound iscomminuted with addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants, wettersand 70 parts by weight of water or of an organic solvent to give a fineactive compound suspension. Dilution with water gives a stablesuspension of the active compound, whereby a formulation with 20% (w/w)of active compound is obtained.

F) Water-dispersible granules and water-soluble granules (WG, SG)

50 parts by weight of the active compound is ground finely with additionof 50 parts by weight of dispersants and wetters and made aswater-dispersible or water-soluble granules by means of technicalappliances (for example extrusion, spray tower, fluidized bed). Dilutionwith water gives a stable dispersion or solution of the active compound,whereby a formulation with 50% (w/w) of active compound is obtained.

G) Water-dispersible powders and water-soluble powders (WP, SP, SS, WS)

75 parts by weight of the active compound are ground in a rotor-statormill with addition of 25 parts by weight of dispersants, wetters andsilica gel. Dilution with water gives a stable dispersion or solution ofthe active compound, whereby a formulation with 75% (w/w) of activecompound is obtained.

H) Gel-Formulation (GF)

In an agitated ball mill, 20 parts by weight of the active compound iscomminuted with addition of 10 parts by weight of dispersants, 1 part byweight of a gelling agent wetters and 70 parts by weight of water or ofan organic solvent to give a fine active compound suspension. Dilutionwith water gives a stable suspension of the active compound, whereby aformulation with 20% (w/w) of active compound is obtained.

2. Products to be applied undiluted for foliar applications. For seedtreatment purposes, such products may be applied to the seed diluted orundiluted.

I) Dustable powders (DP, DS)

5 parts by weight of the active compound are ground finely and mixedintimately with 95 parts by weight of finely divided kaolin. This givesa dustable product having 5% (w/w) of active compound.

J) Granules (GR, FG, GG, MG)

0.5 part by weight of the active compound is ground finely andassociated with 95.5 parts by weight of carriers, whereby a formulationwith 0.5% (w/w) of active compound is obtained. Current methods areextrusion, spray-drying or the fluidized bed. This gives granules to beapplied undiluted for foliar use.

K) ULV solutions (UL)

10 parts by weight of the active compound is dissolved in 90 parts byweight of an organic solvent, for example xylene. This gives a producthaving 10% (w/w) of active compound, which is applied undiluted forfoliar use.

Aqueous use forms can be prepared from emulsion concentrates, pastes orwettable powders (sprayable powders, oil dispersions) by adding water.To prepare emulsions, pastes or oil dispersions, the substances, as suchor dissolved in an oil or solvent, can be homogenized in water by meansof a wetter, tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier. Alternatively, it ispossible to prepare concentrates composed of active substance, wetter,tackifier, dispersant or emulsifier and, if appropriate, solvent or oil,and such concentrates are suitable for dilution with water.

The active ingredient concentrations in the ready-to-use products can bevaried within relatively wide ranges. In general, they are from 0.0001to 10%, preferably from 0.01 to 1%.

The active ingredients may also be used successfully in theultra-low-volume process (ULV), it being possible to apply formulationscomprising over 95% by weight of active ingredient, or even to apply theactive ingredient without additives.

In the method of this invention compounds identified according to themethod of the invention may be applied with other active ingredients,for example with other pesticides, insecticides, herbicides, fertilizerssuch as ammonium nitrate, urea, potash, and superphosphate,phytotoxicants and plant growth regulators, safeners and nematicides.These additional ingredients may be used sequentially or in combinationwith the above-described compositions, if appropriate also added onlyimmediately prior to use (tank mix). For example, the plant(s) may besprayed with a composition of this invention either before or afterbeing treated with other active ingredients.

The following list M of pesticides together with which the compoundsaccording to the invention can be used and with which potentialsynergistic effects might be produced, is intended to illustrate thepossible combinations, but not to impose any limitation:

M.1. Organo(thio)phosphates: acephate, azamethiphos, azinphos-ethyl,azinphos-methyl, chlorethoxyfos, chlorfenvinphos, chlormephos,chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos-methyl, coumaphos, cyanophos,demeton-S-methyl, diazinon, dichlorvos/DDVP, dicrotophos, dimethoate,dimethylvinphos, disulfoton, EPN, ethion, ethoprophos, famphur,fenamiphos, fenitrothion, fenthion, flupyrazophos, fosthiazate,heptenophos, isoxathion, malathion, mecarbam, methamidophos,methidathion, mevinphos, monocrotophos, naled, omethoate,oxydemeton-methyl, parathion, parathion-methyl, phenthoate, phorate,phosalone, phosmet, phosphamidon, phoxim, pirimiphosmethyl, profenofos,propetamphos, prothiofos, pyraclofos, pyridaphenthion, quinalphos,sulfotep, tebupirimfos, temephos, terbufos, tetrachlorvinphos,thiometon, triazophos, trichlorfon, vamidothion;

M.2. Carbamates: aldicarb, alanycarb, bendiocarb, benfuracarb,butocarboxim, butoxycarboxim, carbaryl, carbofuran, carbosulfan,ethiofencarb, fenobucarb, formetanate, furathiocarb, isoprocarb,methiocarb, methomyl, metolcarb, oxamyl, pirimicarb, propoxur,thiodicarb, thiofanox, trimethacarb, XMC, xylylcarb, triazamate;

M.3. Pyrethroids: acrinathrin, allethrin, d-cis-trans allethrin, d-transallethrin, bifenthrin, bioallethrin, bioallethrin S-cylclopentenyl,bioresmethrin, cycloprothrin, cyfluthrin, beta-, yfluthrin, cyhalothrin,lambda-cyhalothrin, gamma-cyhalothrin, cypermethrin, alpha-cypermethrin,beta-cypermethrin, theta-cypermethrin, zeta-cypermethrin, cyphenothrin,deltamethrin, empenthrin, esfenvalerate, etofenprox, fenpropathrin,fenvalerate, flucythrinate, flumethrin, tau-fluvalinate, halfenprox,imiprothrin, permethrin, phenothrin, prallethrin, resmethrin, RU 15525,silafluofen, tefluthrin, tetramethrin, tralomethrin, transfluthrin, ZXI8901;

M.4. Juvenile hormone mimics: hydroprene, kinoprene, methoprene,fenoxycarb, pyriproxyfen;

M.5. Nicotinic receptor agonists/antagonists compounds: acetamiprid,bensultap, cartap hydrochloride, clothianidin, dinotefuran,imidacloprid, thiamethoxam, nitenpyram, nicotine, spinosad (allostericagonist), thiacloprid, thiocyclam, thiosultap-sodium and AKD1022.

M.6. GABA gated chloride channel antagonist compounds: chlordane,endosulfan, gamma-HCH (lindane); acetoprole, ethiprole, fipronil,pyrafluprole, pyriprole, vaniliprole, the phenylpyrazole compound offormula M6.1

M.7. Chloride channel activators: abamectin, emamectin benzoate,milbemectin, lepimectin;

M.8. METI I compounds: fenazaquin, fenpyroximate, pyrimidifen,pyridaben, tebufenpyrad, tolfenpyrad, flufenerim, rotenone;

M.9. METI II and III compounds: acequinocyl, fluacyprim, hydramethylnon;

M.10. Uncouplers of oxidative phosphorylation: chlorfenapyr, DNOC;

M.11. Inhibitors of oxidative phosphorylation: azocyclotin, cyhexatin,diafenthiuron, fenbutatin oxide, propargite, tetradifon;

M.12. Moulting disruptors: cyromazine, chromafenozide, halofenozide,methoxyfenozide, tebufenozide;

M.13. Synergists: piperonyl butoxide, tribufos;

M.14. Sodium channel blocker compounds: indoxacarb, metaflumizone;

M.15. Fumigants: methyl bromide, chloropicrin sulfuryl fluoride;

M.16. Selective feeding blockers: crylotie, pymetrozine, flonicamid;

M.17. Mite growth inhibitors: clofentezine, hexythiazox, etoxazole;

M.18. Chitin synthesis inhibitors: buprofezin, bistrifluron,chlorfluazuron, diflubenzuron, flucycloxuron, flufenoxuron,hexaflumuron, lufenuron, novaluron, noviflumuron, teflubenzuron,triflumuron;

M.19. Lipid biosynthesis inhibitors: spirodiclofen, spiromesifen,spirotetramat;

M.20. octapaminergic agonsits: amitraz;

M.21. ryanodine receptor modulators: flubendiamide;

M.22. Various: aluminium phosphide, amidoflumet, benclothiaz,benzoximate, bifenazate, borax, bromopropylate, cyanide, cyenopyrafen,cyflumetofen, chinomethionate, dicofol, fluoroacetate, phosphine,pyridalyl, pyrifluquinazon, sulfur, tartar emetic; pyrimidinylalkynylether compounds M^(22.1) or thiadiazolyl alkynylether compoundsM^(22.2):

wherein RM-22 is methyl or ethyl and Het* is3,3-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl, 3-methylpiperidin-1-yl,3,5-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl, 3-trifluormethylpiperidin-1-yl,hexahydroazepin-1-yl, 2,6-dimethylhexahydroazepin-1-yl or2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl.

M.23.N—R′-2,2-dihalo-1-R″cyclo-propanecarboxamide-2-(2,6-dichloro-alpha,alpha, alpha□-tri-fluoro-p-tolyl)hydrazone orN—R′-2,2-di(R′″)propionamide-2-(2,6-dichloro-alpha, alpha,alpha-trifluoro-p-tolyl)-hydrazone, wherein R′ is methyl or ethyl, halois chloro or bromo, R″ is hydrogen or methyl and R′″ is methyl or ethyl;

M.24. Anthranilamides: chloranthraniliprole, the compound of formula M241

M.25. Malononitrile compounds: CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H,CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₅CF₂H, CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂(CH₂)₂C(CF₃)₂F,CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂(CH₂)₂(CF₂)₃CF₃, CF₂H(CF₂)₃CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H,CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₃, CF₃(CF₂)₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H,CF₃CF₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H,2-(2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoropentyl)-2-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluorobutyl)-malonodinitrile,and CF₂HCF₂CF₂CF₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂CH₂CF₂CF₃;

M.26. Microbial disruptors: Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. Israelensi,Bacillus sphaericus, Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. Aizawai, Bacillusthuringiensis subsp. Kurstaki, Bacillus thuringiensis subsp.Tenebrionis;

The commercially available compounds of the group A may be found in ThePesticide Manual, 13^(th) Edition, British Crop Protection Council(2003) among other publications.

Thioamides of formula M^(6.1) and their preparation have been describedin WO 98/28279. Lepimectin is known from Agro Project, PJB PublicationsLtd, November 2004. Benclothiaz and its preparation have been describedin EP-A1 454621. Methidathion and Paraoxon and their preparation havebeen described in Farm Chemicals Handbook, Volume 88, Meister PublishingCompany, 2001. Acetoprole and its preparation have been described in WO98/28277. Metaflumizone and its preparation have been described in EP-A1 462 456. Flupyrazofos has been described in Pesticide Science 54,1988, p. 237-243 and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,822,779. Pyrafluprole and itspreparation have been described in JP 2002193709 and in WO 01/00614.Pyriprole and its preparation have been described in WO 98/45274 and inU.S. Pat. No. 6,335,357. Amidoflumet and its preparation have beendescribed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,221,890 and in JP 21010907. Flufenerim andits preparation have been described in WO 03/007717 and in WO 03/007718.AKD 1022 and its preparation have been described in U.S. Pat. No.6,300,348. Chloranthraniliprole has been described in WO 01/70671, WO03/015519 and WO 05/118552. Anthranilamide derivatives of formulaM^(24.1) have been described in WO 01/70671, WO 04/067528 and WO05/118552. Cyflumetofen and its preparation have been described in WO04/080180. The aminoquinazolinone compound pyrifluquinazon has beendescribed in EP A 109 7932. The alkynylether compounds M^(22.1) andM^(22.2) are described e.g. in JP 2006131529. The malononitrilecompounds CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H, CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₅CF₂H,CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂(CH₂)₂C(CF₃)₂F, CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂(CH₂)₂(CF₂)₃CF₃,CF₂H(CF₂)₃CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H, CF₃(CH₂)₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₃,CF₃(CF₂)₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H, CF₃CF₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂(CF₂)₃CF₂H,2-(2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoropentyl)-2-(3,3,4,4,4-pentafluorobutyl)-malonodinitrile,and CF₂HCF₂CF₂CF₂CH₂C(CN)₂CH₂CH₂CF₂CF₃ have been described in WO05/63694.

Fungicidal mixing partners are those selected from the group Fconsisting of

F.1 acylalanines such as benalaxyl, metalaxyl, ofurace, oxadixyl;

F.2 amine derivatives such as aldimorph, dodine, dodemorph,fenpropimorph, fenpropidin, guazatine, iminoctadine, spiroxamin,tridemorph;

F.3 anilinopyrimidines such as pyrimethanil, mepanipyrim or cyrodinyl;

F.4 antibiotics such as cycloheximid, griseofulvin, kasugamycin,natamycin, polyoxin or streptomycin;

F.5 azoles such as bitertanol, bromoconazole, cyproconazole,difenoconazole, dinitroconazole, epoxiconazole, fenbuconazole,fluquiconazole, flusilazole, hexaconazole, imazalil, metconazole,myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prochloraz, prothioconazole,tebuconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triflumizol, triticonazole,flutriafol;

F.6 dicarboximides such as iprodion, myclozolin, procymidon,vinclozolin;

F.7 dithiocarbamates such as ferbam, nabam, maneb, mancozeb, metam,metiram, propineb, polycarbamate, thiram, ziram, zineb;

F.8 heterocyclic compounds such as anilazine, benomyl, boscalid,carbendazim, carboxin, oxycarboxin, cyazofamid, dazomet, dithianon,famoxadon, fenamidon, fenarimol, fuberidazole, flutolanil, furametpyr,isoprothiolane, mepronil, nuarimol, probenazole, proquinazid, pyrifenox,pyroquilon, quinoxyfen, silthiofam, thiabendazole, thifluzamid,thiophanate-methyl, tiadinil, tricyclazole, triforine;

F.9 copper fungicides such as Bordeaux mixture, copper acetate, copperoxychloride, basic copper sulfate;

F.10 nitrophenyl derivatives such as binapacryl, dinocap, dinobuton,nitrophthalisopropyl;

F.11 phenylpyrroles such as fenpiclonil or fludioxonil;

F.12 strobilurins such as azoxystrobin, dimoxystrobin, fluoxastrobin,kresoxim-methyl, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, picoxystrobin ortrifloxystrobin;

F.13 sulfenic acid derivatives such as captafol, captan, dichlofluanid,folpet, tolylfluanid;

F.14 cinnemamides and analogs such as dimethomorph, flumetover orflumorph;

F.15 sulfur, and other fungicides such as acibenzolar-S-methyl,benthiavalicarb, carpropamid, chlorothalonil, cyflufenamid, cymoxanil,dazomet, diclomezin, diclocymet, diethofencarb, edifenphos, ethaboxam,fenhexamid, fentin-acetate, fenoxanil, ferimzone, fluazinam, fosetyl,fosetyl-aluminum, iprovalicarb, hexachlorobenzene, metrafenon,pencycuron, propamocarb, phthalide, toloclofos-methyl, quintozene,zoxamid.

Applications

The animal pest, i.e. the insects, the plant, soil or water in which theplant is growing can be contacted with the present compound(s)identified according to the method of the invention or composition(s)containing them by any application method known in the art. As such,“contacting” includes both direct contact (applying thecompounds/compositions directly on the animal pest or plant—typically tothe foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applyingthe compounds/compositions to the locus of the animal pest or plant).

The compounds of formula identified according to the method of theinvention or the insecticidal compositions comprising them may be usedto protect growing plants and crops from attack or infestation by animalpests, especially insects, acaridae or arachnids by contacting theplant/crop with a insecticidally effective amount of compoundsidentified according to the method of the invention. The term “crop”refers both to growing and harvested crops.

Moreover, animal pests may be controlled by contacting the target pest,its food supply, habitat, breeding ground or its locus with ainsecticidally effective amount of compounds identified according to themethod of the invention. As such, the application may be carried outbefore or after the infection of the locus, growing crops, or harvestedcrops by the pest.

The compounds of the invention can also be applied preventively toplaces at which occurrence of the pests is expected.

The compounds identified according to the method of the invention may bealso used to protect growing plants from attack or infestation by pestsby contacting the plant with a insecticidally effective amount ofcompounds identified according to the method of the invention. As such,“contacting” includes both direct contact (applying thecompounds/compositions directly on the pest and/or plant—typically tothe foliage, stem or roots of the plant) and indirect contact (applyingthe compounds/compositions to the locus of the pest and/or plant).

“Locus” means a habitat, breeding ground, plant, seed, soil, area,material or environment in which a pest or parasite is growing or maygrow.

In general, “insecticidally effective amount” means the amount of activeingredient needed to achieve an observable effect on growth, death,retardation, prevention, and removal, destruction, or otherwisediminishing the occurrence and activity of the target organism. Theinsecticidally effective amount can vary for the variouscompounds/compositions used in the invention. A insecticidally effectiveamount of the compositions will also vary according to the prevailingconditions such as desired insecticidal effect and duration, weather,target species, locus, mode of application, and the like.

In the case of soil treatment or of application to the pests dwellingplace or nest, the quantity of active ingredient ranges from 0.0001 to500 g per 100 m², preferably from 0.001 to 20 g per 100 m².

Customary application rates in the protection of materials are, forexample, from 0.01 g to 1000 g of active compound per m²treatedmaterial, desirably from 0.1 g to 50 g per m².

Insecticidal compositions for use in the impregnation of materialstypically contain from 0.001 to 95 weight %, preferably from 0.1 to 45weight %, and more preferably from 1 to 25 weight % of at least onerepellent and/or insecticide.

For use in treating crop plants, the rate of application of the activeingredients of this invention may be in the range of 0.1 g to 4000 g perhectare, desirably from 25 g to 600 g per hectare, more desirably from50 g to 500 g per hectare.

The compounds of formula I are effective through both contact (via soil,glass, wall, bed net, carpet, plant parts or animal parts), andingestion (bait, or plant part).

The compounds of the invention may also be applied against non-cropinsect pests, such as ants, termites, wasps, flies, mosquitoes,crickets, or cockroaches. For use against said non-crop pests, compoundsof formula I are preferably used in a bait composition.

The bait can be a liquid, a solid or a semisolid preparation (e.g. agel). Solid baits can be formed into various shapes and forms suitableto the respective application e.g. granules, blocks, sticks, disks.Liquid baits can be filled into various devices to ensure properapplication, e.g. open containers, spray devices, droplet sources, orevaporation sources. Gels can be based on aqueous or oily matrices andcan be formulated to particular necessities in terms of stickyness,moisture retention or aging characteristics.

The bait employed in the composition is a product, which is sufficientlyattractive to incite insects such as ants, termites, wasps, flies,mosquitoes, crickets etc. or cockroaches to eat it. The attractivenesscan be manipulated by using feeding stimulants or sex pheromones. Foodstimulants are chosen, for example, but not exclusively, from animaland/or plant proteins (meat-, fish- or blood meal, insect parts, eggyolk), from fats and oils of animal and/or plant origin, or mono-,oligo- or polyorganosaccharides, especially from sucrose, lactose,fructose, dextrose, glucose, starch, pectin or even molasses or honey.Fresh or decaying parts of fruits, crops, plants, animals, insects orspecific parts thereof can also serve as a feeding stimulant. Sexpheromones are known to be more insect specific. Specific pheromones aredescribed in the literature and are known to those skilled in the art.

For use in bait compositions, the typical content of active ingredientis from 0.001 weight % to 15 weight %, desirably from 0.001 weight % to5% weight % of active compound.

Formulations of compounds identified according to the method of theinvention as aerosols (e.g in spray cans), oil sprays or pump sprays arehighly suitable for the non-professional user for controlling pests suchas flies, fleas, ticks, mosquitoes or cockroaches. Aerosol recipes arepreferably composed of the active compound, solvents such as loweralcohols (e.g. methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol), ketones (e.g.acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), paraffin hydrocarbons (e.g. kerosenes)having boiling ranges of approximately 50 to 250° C., dimethylformamide,N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, aromatic hydrocarbons such astoluene, xylene, water, furthermore auxiliaries such as emulsifiers suchas sorbitol monooleate, oleyl ethoxylate having 3-7 mol of ethyleneoxide, fatty alcohol ethoxylate, perfume oils such as ethereal oils,esters of medium fatty acids with lower alcohols, aromatic carbonylcompounds, if appropriate stabilizers such as sodium benzoate,amphoteric surfactants, lower epoxides, triethyl orthoformate and, ifrequired, propellants such as propane, butane, nitrogen, compressed air,dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, or mixtures of thesegases.

The oil spray formulations differ from the aerosol recipes in that nopropellants are used.

For use in spray compositions, the content of active ingredient is from0.001 to 80 weights %, preferably from 0.01 to 50 weight % and mostpreferably from 0.01 to 15 weight %.

The compounds identified according to the method of the invention andits respective compositions can also be used in mosquito and fumigatingcoils, smoke cartridges, vaporizer plates or long-term vaporizers andalso in moth papers, moth pads or other heat-independent vaporizersystems.

Methods to control infectious diseases transmitted by insects (e.g.malaria, dengue and yellow fever, lymphatic filariasis, andleishmaniasis) with compounds of formula I and its respectivecompositions also comprise treating surfaces of huts and houses, airspraying and impregnation of curtains, tents, clothing items, bed nets,tsetse-fly trap or the like. Insecticidal compositions for applicationto fibers, fabric, knitgoods, nonwovens, netting material or foils andtarpaulins preferably comprise a mixture including the insecticide,optionally a repellent and at least one binder. Suitable repellents forexample are N,N-Diethyl-meta-toluamide (DEET), diethylphenylacetamide(DEPA), 1-(3-cyclohexan-1-yl-carbonyl)-2-methylpiperine,(2-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl) acetic acid lactone, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexandiol,indalone, Methyl-neodecanamide (MNDA), a pyrethroid not used for insectcontrol such as{(+/−)-3-allyl-2-methyl-4-oxocyclopent-2-(+)-enyl-(+)-trans-chrysantemate(Esbiothrin), a repellent derived from or identical with plant extractslike limonene, eugenol, (+)-Eucamalol (1), (−)-1-epi-eucamalol or crudeplant extracts from plants like Eucalyptus maculata, Vitex rotundifolia,Cymbopogan martinii, Cymbopogan citratus (lemon grass), Cymopogannartdus (citronella). Suitable binders are selected for example frompolymers and copolymers of vinyl esters of aliphatic acids (such as suchas vinyl acetate and vinyl versatate), acrylic and methacrylic esters ofalcohols, such as butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylacrylate, and methylacrylate, mono- and di-ethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbons, such asstyrene, and aliphatic diens, such as butadiene.

The impregnation of curtains and bednets is done in general by dippingthe textile material into emulsions or dispersions of the insecticide orspraying them onto the nets.

The compounds identified according to the method of the invention andits compositions can be used for protecting wooden materials such astrees, board fences, sleepers, etc. and buildings such as houses,outhouses, factories, but also construction materials, furniture,leathers, fibers, vinyl articles, electric wires and cables etc. fromants and/or termites, and for controlling ants and termites from doingharm to crops or human being (e.g. when the pests invade into houses andpublic facilities). The compounds identified according to the method ofthe invention are applied not only to the surrounding soil surface orinto the under-floor soil in order to protect wooden materials but itcan also be applied to lumbered articles such as surfaces of theunder-floor concrete, alcove posts, beams, plywoods, furniture, etc.,wooden articles such as particle boards, half boards, etc. and vinylarticles such as coated electric wires, vinyl sheets, heat insulatingmaterial such as styrene foams, etc. In case of application against antsdoing harm to crops or human beings, the ant controller of the presentinvention is applied to the crops or the surrounding soil, or isdirectly applied to the nest of ants or the like.

Seed Treatment

The compounds identified according to the method of the invention arealso suitable for the treatment of seeds in order to protect the seedfrom insect pest, in particular from soil-living insect pests and theresulting plant's roots and shoots against soil pests and foliarinsects.

The compounds identified according to the method of the invention areparticularly useful for the protection of the seed from soil pests andthe resulting plant's roots and shoots against soil pests and foliarinsects. The protection of the resulting plant's roots and shoots ispreferred. More preferred is the protection of resulting plant's shootsfrom piercing and sucking insects, wherein the protection from aphids ismost preferred, specially Green Peach Aphid (Myzus persica) and/or RedFlower Beetle (Tribolium castaneum)

The present invention therefore comprises a method for the protection ofseeds from insects, in particular from soil insects and of theseedlings' roots and shoots from insects, in particular from soil andfoliar insects, said method comprising contacting the seeds beforesowing and/or after pregermination with a compound identified accordingto the method of the invention. Particularly preferred is a method,wherein the plant's roots and shoots are protected, more preferably amethod, wherein the plants shoots are protected form piercing andsucking insects, most preferably a method, wherein the plants shoots areprotected from aphids.

The term seed embraces seeds and plant propagules of all kinds includingbut not limited to true seeds, seed pieces, suckers, corms, bulbs,fruit, tubers, grains, cuttings, cut shoots and the like and means in apreferred embodiment true seeds.

The term seed treatment comprises all suitable seed treatment techniquesknown in the art, such as seed dressing, seed coating, seed dusting,seed soaking and seed pelleting.

The present invention also comprises seeds coated with or containing theactive compound.

The term “coated with and/or containing” generally signifies that theactive ingredient is for the most part on the surface of the propagationproduct at the time of application, although a greater or lesser part ofthe ingredient may penetrate into the propagation product, depending onthe method of application. When the said propagation product is(re)planted, it may absorb the active ingredient.

Suitable seed is seed of cereals, root crops, oil crops, vegetables,spices, ornamentals, for example seed of durum and other wheat, barley,oats, rye, maize (fodder maize and sugar maize sweet and field corn),soybeans, oil crops, crucifers, cotton, sunflowers, bananas, rice,oilseed rape, turnip rape, sugarbeet, fodder beet, eggplants, potatoes,grass, lawn, turf, fodder grass, tomatoes, leeks, pumpkin/squash,cabbage, iceberg lettuce, pepper, cucumbers, melons, Brassica species,melons, beans, peas, garlic, onions, carrots, tuberous plants such aspotatoes, sugar cane, tobacco, grapes, petunias, geranium/pelargoniums,pansies and impatiens.

In addition, the active compound may also be used for the treatmentseeds from plants, which tolerate the action of herbicides or fungicidesor insecticides owing to breeding, including genetis engineeringmethods.

For example, the active compound can be employed in treatment of seedsfrom plants, which are resistant to herbicides from the group consistingof the sulfonylureas, imidazolinones, glufosinate-ammonium orglyphosate-isopropylammonium and analogous active substances (see forexample, EP-A-0242236, EP-A-242246) (WO 92/00377) (EP-A-0257993, U.S.Pat. No. 5,013,659) or in transgenic crop plants, for example cotton,with the capability of producing Bacillus thuringiensis toxins (Bttoxins) which make the plants resistant to certain pests (EP-A-0142924,EP-A-0193259),

Furthermore, the active compound can be used also for the treatment ofseeds from plants, which have modified characteristics in comparisonwith existing plants consist, which can be generated for example bytraditional breeding methods and/or the generation of mutants, or byrecombinant procedures). For example, a number of cases have beendescribed of recombinant modifications of crop plants for the purpose ofmodifying the starch synthesized in the plants (e.g. WO 92/11376, WO92/14827, WO 91/19806) or of transgenic crop plants having a modifiedfatty acid composition (WO 91/13972).

The seed treatment application of the active compound is carried out byspraying or by dusting the seeds before sowing of the plants and beforeemergence of the plants.

Compositions which are especially useful for seed treatment are e.g.:

A Soluble concentrates (SL, LS)

D Emulsions (EW, EO, ES)

E Suspensions (SC, OD, FS)

F Water-dispersible granules and water-soluble granules (WG, SG)

G Water-dispersible powders and water-soluble powders (WP, SP, WS)

H Gel-Formulations (GF)

I Dustable powders (DP, DS)

Conventional seed treatment formulations include for example flowableconcentrates FS, solutions LS, powders for dry treatment DS, waterdispersible powders for slurry treatment WS, water-soluble powders SSand emulsion ES and EC and gel formulation GF. These formulations can beapplied to the seed diluted or undiluted. Application to the seeds iscarried out before sowing, either directly on the seeds or after havingpregerminated the latter

In a preferred embodiment a FS formulation is used for seed treatment.Typically, a FS formulation may comprise 1-800 g/l of active ingredient,1-200 g/l Surfactant, 0 to 200 g/l antifreezing agent, 0 to 400 g/l ofbinder, 0 to 200 g/l of a pigment and up to 1 liter of a solvent,preferably water.

Especially preferred FS formulations of compounds identified accordingto the method of the invention for seed treatment usually comprise from0.1 to 80% by weight (1 to 800 g/l) of the active ingredient, from 0.1to 20% by weight (1 to 200 g/l) of at least one surfactant, e.g. 0.05 to5% by weight of a wetter and from 0.5 to 15% by weight of a dispersingagent, up to 20% by weight, e.g. from 5 to 20% of an anti-freeze agent,from 0 to 15% by weight, e.g. 1 to 15% by weight of a pigment and/or adye, from 0 to 40% by weight, e.g. 1 to 40% by weight of a binder(sticker/adhesion agent), optionally up to 5% by weight, e.g. from 0.1to 5% by weight of a thickener, optionally from 0.1 to 2% of ananti-foam agent, and optionally a preservative such as a biocide,antioxidant or the like, e.g. in an amount from 0.01 to 1% by weight anda filler/vehicle up to 100% by weight.

Seed Treatment formulations may additionally also comprise binders andoptionally colorants.

Binders can be added to improve the adhesion of the active materials onthe seeds after treatment. Suitable binders are homo- and copolymersfrom alkylene oxides like ethylene oxide or propylene oxide,polyvinylacetate, polyvinylalcohols, polyvinylpyrrolidones, andcopolymers thereof, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, acrylic homo- andcopolymers, polyethyleneamines, polyethyleneamides andpolyethyleneimines, polysaccharides like celluloses, tylose and starch,polyolefin homo- and copolymers like olefin/maleic anhydride copolymers,polyurethanes, polyesters, polystyrene homo and copolymers

Optionally, also colorants can be included in the formulation. Suitablecolorants or dyes for seed treatment formulations are Rhodamin B, C.I.Pigment Red 112, C.I. Solvent Red 1, pigment blue 15:4, pigment blue15:3, pigment blue 15:2, pigment blue 15:1, pigment blue 80, pigmentyellow 1, pigment yellow 13, pigment red 112, pigment red 48:2, pigmentred 48:1, pigment red 57:1, pigment red 53:1, pigment orange 43, pigmentorange 34, pigment orange 5, pigment green 36, pigment green 7, pigmentwhite 6, pigment brown 25, basic violet 10, basic violet 49, acid red51, acid red 52, acid red 14, acid blue 9, acid yellow 23, basic red 10,basic red 108.

Examples of a gelling agent is carrageen (Satiagel®)

In the treatment of seed, the application rates of the compounds I aregenerally from 0.1 g to 10 kg per 100 kg of seed, preferably from 1 g to5 kg per 100 kg of seed, more preferably from 1 g to 1000 g per 100 kgof seed and in particular from 1 g to 200 g per 100 kg of seed.

The invention therefore also relates to seed comprising a compoundidentified according to the method of the invention, or anagriculturally useful salt of I, as defined herein. The amount of thecompound identified according to the method of the invention or theagriculturally useful salt thereof will in general vary from 0.1 g to 10kg per 100 kg of seed, preferably from 1 g to 5 kg per 100 kg of seed,in particular from 1 g to 1000 g per 100 kg of seed. For specific cropssuch as lettuce the rate can be higher.

In one embodiment the invention relates to subject mater summarized asfollows:

item a1. A method for identifying a insecticidally active compound thatreduces the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively which methodcomprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1        or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively which is originally        not present said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

item a2. A method according to item a1 whereby a gene coding for apolypeptide with the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassiumchannel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessoryprotein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively isexpressed in the membrane of a host cell.

item a3. A method of any one of the items 1 or 2 wherein the membranecomprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ        ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25 and/or 29;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channel        Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory        protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,        45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57,        58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71        respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 3, 4; 7, 8; 11, 12; 15, 16, 19,        20; 23, 24; 27, 28 and/or 31, 32 respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively.

item a4. A method of item a1 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively is determinatedelectrophysiologically.

item a5. A method of item a4 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shakercognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassiumchannel-interacting protein) respectively is determinated by patch clampor in a HTS assay.

item a6. A method of item a2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively is expressed in amammalian cell.

item a7. A method of item a2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively is expressed in amammalian cell selected from the group consisting of: CHO-cells andHEK293.

item a8. A method of item a1 which comprises:

-   -   a) e) applying to an insect, to a population of insects or to        the location wherein said insect is to be controlled an        insect-controlling amount a compound identified according to        item aa1 d) and    -   b) f) determining of the growth or the viability of said treated        insect or population of insects or of insects or population of        insects on said location and untreated insect, population of        insects or location and    -   c) g) selecting of compounds, which reduces the growth or the        viability of said treated insect or population of insects or of        insects or population of insects on said location following        application of the compound of step e).

item a9. An assay system comprising a host organism, tissue, cells or acell digest thereof or a membrane, which has embedded, assembled,intercalated or incorporated a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup consisting of the nucleic acid molecule as depicted in item a3 a)to 3 j) and, based on the expression of this nucleic acid molecule, apolypeptide having the biological activity of a insect voltage-gatedpotassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or itsaccessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)respectively, for identifying insecticidally active compound thatreduces the activity of an insect voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1(Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP(potassium channel-interacting protein) respectively.

item a10. The assay system of item a9 whereby the host organism is astably transfected mammalian cell which expresses a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid moleculeas depicted in item a3 a) to 3 j).

item a11. The assay system of item a10 whereby the mammalian cell isselected from the group consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa,NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-, Xenopus oocyte, Sf9, S2, Sf21,Hi5, Pc12 and U2OS.

item a12. A method for killing or inhibiting the growth or viability ofan insect, comprising applying to the insect a compound identifiedaccording to the method of item a1.

item a13. A nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in 2,        6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy        of the genetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence        according to SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26 and/or 30;    -   d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the        nucleic acid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising        the nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, 5, 9, 13, 17,        21, 25 and/or 29;    -   e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at        least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of the        polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c)        and having the activity of a voltage-gated potassium channel        Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its accessory        protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively;    -   f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid        molecule of (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;    -   g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be        isolated with the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies        made against a polypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid        molecules of (a) to (e) and having the activity of a        voltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or        Shaker-like) and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium        channel-interacting protein) respectively;    -   h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising the        consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 and/or 34        respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group        consisting of SEQ ID NO: 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,        45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54 and/or 55, and/or 56, 57,        58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 and/or 71        respectively;    -   i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which        is obtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library        using the primers in SEQ ID NO: 3, 4; 7, 8; 11, 12; 15, 16; 19,        20; 23, 24; 27, 28 and/or 31, 32 respectively;    -   and    -   j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a        suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization        conditions with a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a        nucleic acid molecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof,        having at least 15 nt, preferably 20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt,        200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a        nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e) and        encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a potassium        channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like) and/or its        accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interacting protein)        respectively.

item a14. A nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to item a13.

item a15. A vector comprising a nucleic acid construct according to itema14 or a nucleic acid molecule according to item a13.

item a16. A transgenic cell comprising a vector according to item a15, anucleic acid construct according to item a14 or a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to item a13.

item a17. A polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according toitem a13.

item a18. Use of a polypeptide with the activity of an insectvoltage-gated potassium channel Sha1 (Shaker cognate 1 or Shaker-like)and/or its accessory protein KChIP (potassium channel-interactingprotein) respectively as insecticidal target.

item a19. Use of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid molecule asdepicted in item a3 a) to 3 j) as insecticidal target.

item a20. A method for controlling a insecticidal pest comprising theapplication of a composition comprising as insecticidal activeingredient at least one compound as depicted in table I or a derivatethereof.

Item b1. A method for identifying a insecticidally active compound thatreduces the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkineticbeta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectivelywhich method comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit,        preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively which        is originally not present said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

Item b2. A method according to item bl whereby a gene coding for apolypeptide with the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively is expressed in the membrane of a host cell.

Item b3. A method of any one of the items bl or b2 wherein the membranecomprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising thepolypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule shown inSEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide comprising a polypeptidesequence according to SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104,105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95; 96, 97; 98, 99and/or 100, 101 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively.

Item b4. A method of item b1 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively isdeterminated electrophysiologically.

Item b5. A method of item b4 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively isdeterminated by patch clamp or FLIPR.

Item b6. A method of item b2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively isexpressed in a mammalian cell.

Item b7. A method of item b2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively isexpressed in a mammalian cell selected from the group consisting of:CHO-cells, HEK293.

Item b8. A method of item b1 which comprises:

e) applying to an insect, to a population of insects or to the locationwherein said insect is to be controlled an insect-controlling amount acompound identified according to item b1 d) and

f) determining of the growth or the viability of said treated insect orpopulation of insects or of insects or population of insects on saidlocation and untreated insect, population of insects or location and

g) selecting of compounds, which reduces the growth or the viability ofsaid treated insect or population of insects or of insects or populationof insects on said location following application of the compound ofstep e).

Item b9. An assay system comprising a host organism, tissue, cells or acell digest thereof or a membrane, which has embedded, assembled,intercalated or incorporated a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup consisting of the nucleic acid molecule as depicted in item b3 a)to b3 j) and, based on the expression of this nucleic acid molecule, apolypeptide having the biological activity of a insect Shaker channeland/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or Csubtype respectively, for identifying insecticidally active compoundthat reduces the activity of an insect Shaker channel and/or aHyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtyperespectively.

Item b10. The assay system of item b9 whereby the host organism is astably transfected mammalian cell which expresses a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid moleculeas depicted in item b3 a) to b3 j).

Item b11. The assay system of item b10 whereby the mammalian cell isselected from the group consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa,NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-, Xenopus oocyte, Sf9, S2, Sf21,Hi5, Pc12, U2OS.

Item b12. A method for killing or inhibiting the growth or viability ofan insect, comprising applying to the insect a compound identifiedaccording to the method of item bl.

Item b13. A nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising thepolypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid molecule shown inSEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide comprising a polypeptidesequence according to SEQ ID NO: 73, 75, 77, 79, 81, 83, 85 and/or 87;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84 and/or 86;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and/or a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunitA or C subtype respectively;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a Shaker channel and/or a Hyperkinetic betasubunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit A or C subtype respectively;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 102 and/or 103 respectively orone or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 104,105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118,119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124 and/or 125 and/or 126, 127 and/or 128respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 88, 89; 90, 91; 92, 93; 94, 95; 96, 97; 98, 99and/or 100, 101 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of a Shakerchannel and a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit Aor C subtype respectively.

Item b14. A nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to item b13.

Item b15. A vector comprising a nucleic acid construct according to itemb14 or a nucleic acid molecule according to item b13.

Item b16. A transgenic cell comprising a vector according to item b15, anucleic acid construct according to item b14 or a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to item b13.

Item b17. A polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according toitem b13.

Item b18. Use of a polypeptide with the activity of an insect Shakerchannel and a Hyperkinetic beta subunit, preferably H-kv beta subunit Aor C subtype respectively as insecticidal target.

Item b19. Use of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid molecule asdepicted in item b3 a) to b3 j) as insecticidal target.

Item c1. A method for identifying a insecticidal active compound thatreduces the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R which method comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an octopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of        oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R        and Oct-beta-3R which is originally not present said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

Item c2. A method according to Item c1 whereby a gene coding for apolypeptide with the activity of an octopamine receptor selected fromthe group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster,Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is expressed in the membrane of a hostcell.

Item c3. A method of any one of the Items c1 or c2 wherein the membranecomprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or 174;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145,149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157,161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from thegroup consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 432; 135, 136; 139,140; 143, 144; 147, 148;151, 152; 155, 156; 159, 160; 163, 164; 167, 168; 171, 172 and/or 175,176 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

Item c4. A method of Item c1 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is determinated by fluorescence measurment.

Item c5. A method of Item c2 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is determinated with Calcium concentrationsensitive dyes.

Item c6. A method of Item c2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is expressed in a mammalian cell.

Item c7. A method of Item c2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R is expressed in a mammalian cell selectedfrom the group consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293.

Item c8. A method of Item c1 which comprises:

e) applying to an insect, to a population of insects or to the locationwherein said insect is to be controlled an insect-controlling amount acompound identified according to Item cl d) and f) determining of thegrowth or the viability of said treated insect or population of insectsor of insects or population of insects on said location and untreatedinsect, population of insects or location and

g) selecting of compounds, which reduces the growth or the viability ofsaid treated insect or population of insects or of insects or populationof insects on said location following application of the compound ofstep e).

Item c9. An assay system comprising a host organism, tissue, cells or acell digest thereof or a membrane, which has embedded, assembled,intercalated or incorporated a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup consisting of the nucleic acid molecule as depicted in Item c3 a)to c3 j) and, based on the expression of this nucleic acid molecule, apolypeptide having the biological activity of an octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophilamelanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R, for identifyinginsecticidally active compound that reduces the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

Item c10. The assay system of Item c9 whereby the host organism is astably transfected mammalian cell which expresses a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid moleculeas depicted in Item c3 a) to c3 j).

Item c11. The assay system of Item c10 whereby the mammalian cell isselected from the group consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa,NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-,

Xenopus oocyte, Sf9, S2, Sf21, Hi5, Pc12, U2OS.

Item c12. A method for killing or inhibiting the growth or viability ofan insect, comprising applying to the insect a compound identifiedaccording to the method of Item cl.

Item c13. A nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in 2, 6, 10,14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42 and/or 46;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145,149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 and/or174;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157,161, 165, 169 and/or 173;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from thegroup consisting of oa2, preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb,Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 and/or 179respectively or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting ofSEQ ID NO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189 and/or 190,and/or 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203,204, 205, 206, 207 and/or 208, and/or 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and/or 226respectively;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136;

139, 140; 143, 144; 147, 148; 151, 152; 155, 156; 159, 160; 163, 164;167, 168; 171, 172 and/or 175, 176 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of anoctopamine receptor selected from the group consisting of oa2,preferably from Drosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R.

Item c14. A nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to Item c13.

Item c15. A vector comprising a nucleic acid construct according to Itemc14 or a nucleic acid molecule according to Item c13.

Item c16. A transgenic cell comprising a vector according to Item c15, anucleic acid construct according to Item c14 or a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to Item c13.

Item c17. A polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according toItem c13.

Item c18. Use of a polypeptide with the activity of an octopaminereceptor selected from the group consisting of oat, preferably fromDrosophila melanogaster, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R asinsecticidal target.

Item c19. Use of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid molecule asdepicted in Item c3 a) to c3 j) as insecticidal target.

Item c20. Use of manserin and/or cyproheptadine as insecticidal activeingredients.

Item d1. A method for identifying a insecticidally active compound thatreduces the activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activatedpotassium channel which method comprises:

-   -   a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activity of        an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel        which is originally not present said membrane,    -   b) applying at one side of the membrane the compound suspected        of having the ability to inhibit the activity of said        polypeptide which is originally not present said membrane,    -   c) determining the activity of said polypeptide and    -   d) identifying a compound applied in (b) that reduces the        activity of said polypeptide.

Item d2. A method according to Item dl whereby a gene coding for apolypeptide with the activity of an insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel is expressed in the membrane of a hostcell.

Item d3. A method of any one of the Items dl or d2 wherein the membranecomprises at least one polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:228, 230, 232;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 228, 230, 232;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 227, 229, 231;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234; 235, 236; 237, 238 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

Item d4. A method of Item dl whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel is determinated electrophysiologically.

Item d5. A method of Item d4 whereby the activity of said polypeptidewith the activity of insect small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel is determinated by patch clamp.

Item d6. A method of Item d2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activatedpotassium channel is expressed in a mammalian cell.

Item d7. A method of Item d2 whereby a gene coding for a polypeptidewith the activity of an insect small-conductance Ca2+-activatedpotassium channel is expressed in a mammalian cell selected from thegroup consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293.

Item d8. A method of Item dl which comprises:

e) applying to an insect, to a population of insects or to the locationwherein said insect is to be controlled an insect-controlling amount acompound identified according to Item dl d) and

f) determining of the growth or the viability of said treated insect orpopulation of insects or of insects or population of insects on saidlocation and untreated insect, population of insects or location and

g) selecting of compounds, which reduces the growth or the viability ofsaid treated insect or population of insects or of insects or populationof insects on said location following application of the compound ofstep e).

Item d9. An assay system comprising a host organism, tissue, cells or acell digest thereof or a membrane, which has embedded, assembled,intercalated or incorporated a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup consisting of the nucleic acid molecule as depicted in Item d3 a)to d3 j) and, based on the expression of this nucleic acid molecule, apolypeptide having the biological activity of a insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel, for identifying insecticidally activecompound that reduces the activity of an insect small-conductanceCa2+-activated potassium channel.

Item d10. The assay system of Item d9 whereby the host organism is astably transfected mammalian cell which expresses a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid moleculeas depicted in Item d3 a) to d3 j).

Item d11. The assay system of Item d10 whereby the mammalian cell isselected from the group consisting of: CHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa,NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-, Xenopus oocyte some more?. Sf9,S2, Sf21, Hi5, Pc12, U2OS.

Item d12. A method for killing or inhibiting the growth or viability ofan insect, comprising applying to the insect a compound identifiedaccording to the method of Item dl.

Item d13. A nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:

a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:230, 232;

b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;

c) a nucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 230, 232;

d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule sequence of a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acidmolecule shown in SEQ ID NO: 229, 231;

e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%identity with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide encoded by thenucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c) and having the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel;

f) nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid moleculeof (a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions;

g) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolatedwith the aid of monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against apolypeptide encoded by one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e)and having the activity of a small-conductance Ca2+-activated potassiumchannel;

h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising theconsensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 239 or one or more motifsselected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 240, 241, 242, 243,244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252 and 253;

i) nucleic acid molecule which comprises a polynucleotide, which isobtained by amplifying a cDNA library or a genomic library using theprimers in SEQ ID NO: 233, 234; 235, 236; 237, 238 respectively;

and

j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screening a suitablenucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditions with aprobe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of(a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 15 nt, preferably20 nt, 30 nt, 50 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt or 500 nt of a nucleic acid moleculecomplementary to a nucleic acid molecule sequence characterized in (a)to (e) and encoding a polypeptide and hiving the activity of asmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel.

Item d14. A nucleic acid construct comprising a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to Item d13.

Item d15. A vector comprising a nucleic acid construct according to Itemd14 or a nucleic acid molecule according to Item d13.

Item d16. A transgenic cell comprising a vector according to Item d15, anucleic acid construct according to Item d14 or a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to Item d13.

Item d17. A polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid molecule according toItem d13.

Item d18. Use of a polypeptide with the activity of an insectsmall-conductance Ca2+-activated potassium channel as insecticidaltarget.

Item d19. Use of a polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeselected from the group consisting of the nucleic acid molecule asdepicted in Item d3 a) to d3 j) as insecticidal target.

Examples Cell Biology

Molecular Biology: The full-length Sha1 CDS (coding sequence) wassubcloned into the pcDNA3/Neo(−) expression vector using the EcoR1restriction site. The Sha1_delN mutant has an N-terminal deletion forthe 2-40 aa coding region. The deletion mutation was inserted into thepcDNA3_Sha1 construct using Sha1_del_(—)2-4aa_fwd (5′gcagaattcgccatgccaccatggagaagacctga tcaacgtctccgg-3′) andSha1_del_(—)2-4aa_rev (5′-ccggagacgttgatcaggagcttctccatggtggcaagggcgaattctgc-3′) primers and the XL Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit(Stratagene). A unique AscI restriction site was inserted before the ATGstart codon in pcDNA_Sha1 and pcDNA_Sha1_delN constructs bysite-directed mutagenesis. The full length Sha1 and Sha1_delN insertswere subcloned into the pcDNA3_AcGFPC1 vector (AscI and HindIIIrestriction sites) to obtain an AcGFP chimera (FIG. 1) The AcGFP is thustagged to the N-terminus of both these constructs. All constructs weredouble-stranded sequenced for the Sha1 coding region to confirm sequenceintegrity. The dominant-negative Sha1_DelNW362F mutant was made bychanging the tryptophan (W) to phenylalanine (F) at position 362 in thepore region. KChIP, a Sha1 accessory protein, was cloned from Drosophilaand subcloned into the pcDNA3.1/Zeo vector.

FIG. 1: Primary Sha1 clone. Vector NTI-generated map of the primary Sha1clone showing the major features of the construct. The Sha1 codingregion is 1473 bp in length.

FIG. 2: Primary KChIP clone. Vector NTI-generated map of the primaryKChIP clone showing the major features of the construct. The KChIPcoding region is 621 bp in length. The expression construct,pcDNA3.1-Zeo-KChIP-intron1 (data not shown, notebook 1049294 #5)contains a ˜700 bp intron to aid in cloning, and places the KChIP ORFdownstream of a CMV promoter.

FIG. 3: Sha1 and KChIP expression constructs. Maps of pcDNA3/AcGFP-Sha1and pcDNA3/AcGFP-Sha1delN2-40aa and links to Vector NTI pcDNA3_Sha1DelNand pcDNA3_Zeo_KCHiP_intron1 constructs.

FIG. 4: Patch clamp data for full length and truncated constructs Sha1and Sha1_delN when coexpressed with AmCyan as well as AcGFP-taggedversions (top). Schematic representation of GFP-Sha1 pore mutant andpatch clamp data for wild type and pore mutant, showing that themeasured currents indeed arise from overexpressed Sha1 and not anupregulated endogenous current (bottom).

Expression in mammalian cells: Wild type and mutant Sha1 channels weretransiently expressed in CHO cells and tested for function at 48 hrs bywhole-cell voltage clamp recordings. The untagged Sha1 constructs werecotransfected with pcDNA3_AmCyan. The full length Sha1 and Sha1_delNmutant mediated functional channel activity. The GFP tag at the aminoterminus did not alter channel function. The Sha1_delN-W362F mutant didnot form functional channels.

Stable cell line generation: Wild type CHO cells were transfected withAcGFP-Sha1 and AcGFP-Sha1_delN DNA using FuGene Transfection Reagent(Roche). Stable clonal lines were generated by selecting the cells withG418 (900 ug/ml) at 24 hrs post transfection. 25 colonies were pickedfor each construct and evaluated for GFP expression using a fluorescencemicroscope. 70-75% of the clonal lines had very weak or no GFPexpression. Based on the fluorescence rating, some of the high andmedium GFP expressing clonal lines were tested for Sha1 activity bypatch clamp (Table 1): The Sha1_delN clones (Clone 10 & 15) had highercurrent density than the full length Sha1 clones. Thus, the developmentof an assay was proceeded with these 2 clones.

TABLE 1 Summary of Shal clone screening showing relative fluorescentresponse and current density. Clone Fluorescence rating Current Density(pA/pF) Shal C7 ++ 54 (58; 50) Shal C10 ++ 86 (89; 83) Shal C16 ++ 41(60; 21) Shal C20 ++ 36 (37; 35) Shal C21 +++ 45 (41; 48) Shal_DelN C5++ n/a Shal_DelN C8 ++ no current Shal_DelN C10 ++  337 (216; 457)Shal_DelN C11 ++ no current Shal_DelN C15 +++    107 (38; 118; 166)

Sha1_DelN C10 and C15 were tested for function on the FLIPR using theMolecular Devices blue membrane potential dye. The cells were seeded at60K cells/well in 96-well Costar plates in complete media and assayedfor function at 24 hrs. Depolarization with 15-60 mM KCl caused a 2-2.8fold higher activity in the clonal line than the pcDNA control cell line(FIG. 5). Clone 10 had slightly higher activity than clone 15.

FIG. 5: Sha1_DelN clones tested on FLIPR with KCl depolarization.

We also tested some known K-channel blockers on channel activity on theFLIPR (FIG. 6). Bay K8644, nicardipine, quinidine and niflumic acidshowed dose dependent inhibition of KCl depolarization in both theSha1_delN clonal lines and the control pcDNA3 cell line. Flecainide didnot show any inhibition on the clones and control cell lines at theconcentrations tested. The Sha1_delN clonal cell lines lost their GFPexpression and assay window with cell passage. At passage 12, only10-15% of the cell population was GFP positive.

FIG. 6: K channel blocker inhibition curves tested on the FLIPR.

Sha1_delN C10 cells were subcloned by flow-sorting. The cells wereflow-sorted into 96-well tissue culture plates to obtain GFP-positivesingle cells. Several clonal lines were expanded and tested for functionusing KCl depolarization on the FLIPR (FIG. 7).

FIG. 7: Screening Sha1_delN Clone10 subclones by KCl depolarization onFLIPR.

Based on the FLIPR data, clones 10-2, 10-3 and 10-6 were further testedby patch clamp (FIG. 8). Clones 10-3 and 10-6 had high currents in thewhole-cell patch clamp studies.

FIG. 8: Patch clamp data for clones 10-2, 10-3 and 10-6. IV curvesshowing the relationship of applied voltage to current.

A Sha1-delN clone 10-3 subclone maintained the GFP expression overseveral cell passages. At Passage12, about 80-85% of the cell populationwas GFP positive (FIG. 9).

FIG. 9: Sha1_DelN C10-3 cells at passage 12 showing stability offluorescence over time. Left panel—fluorescence excitation, rightpanel—normal light.

Increase of Assay Window:

The effects of barium (Ba2+) on Sha1_delN function were tested. Bariumis known to inhibit some open rectifier and inward rectifier K-channelactivities. Cells were dye loaded in the presence of BaCl2 for 1 hr atRT and assayed on the FLIPR using KCl depolarization for channelactivation. Ba2+ at a concentration of 4-5 mM significantly reducedfluorescent responses in CHO_pcDNA3 control cells without anysignificant reduction in the Sha1_delN channel activity with KCldepolarization (FIG. 10).

FIG. 10: Effect of BaCl2 on Sha1 channel activity on FLIPR.

Clone 10-3 had a higher assay window on FLIPR in the presence of Ba2+,than clone 10-6. Sha1 outward currents were not inhibited by Ba2+ asshown by electrophysiology. The idea is that in pcDNA3 cells, Ba2+inhibits the endogenous outward K+ currents leading to an accumulationin intracellular Potassium and therefore depolarization of the cells.Thus, with 0.5 mM KCl in the external solution and increasing Ba2+concentration, the membrane potential is increased with completecollapse of the wild-type cell assay window at 5 mM BaCl2. In contrastthe Sha1_delN clone 10-3 cell line still has significant Sha1 outward K+current activity at 5 mM Ba2+ resulting in an assay window. Sha1_delNclone 10-3 cells were tested for function on FLIPR up to passage 20(P20, FIG. 11). The cells still had a significant assay window atpassage window at P20. However, the size of the window is reduced withincrease in cell passage.

FIG. 11: Sha1_delN C10-3 function on FLIPR at passage 20.

Increased Currents by Coexpression of an Accessory Protein:

For some ion channels, currents can be increased by coexpression ofaccessory proteins, which is shown in FIG. 12.

FIG. 12: CHO-K1 cells stably expressing Sha1_delN were either mocktransfected (red trace, lower line) or cotransfected with KChIP (bluetrace, upper line).

Additional Electrophysiology

Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells transfected with (a) a Drosophila Sha1gene (b) a Drosophila Sha1 pore mutant gene and (c) a DrosophilaSha1+KChIP gene, and were used for all measurements. Cells were platedin 35 mm Petri dishes 2-6 hours before the experiment.

Data were acquired and analyzed using pClamp software (version9.0.1.16). The whole-cell configuration of the patch-clamp technique wasused to voltage clamp cells at room temperature (22-25° C.). Pipetteswere pulled from borosilicate glass capillaries (#8250, Garner Glass,Claremont, Calif.) using a DMZ Universal Puller (Zeitz, Munich, Germany)and had resistances of 1-2 MOhm when filled with pipette solution andmeasured in bath solution. The liquid junction potential between bathand pipette solution was always compensated before the formation of agigaohm seal.

Membrane current was measured under whole-cell clamp, sampled at 2 kHzand filtered at 1 kHz by an Axoclamp 200B (Axon Instruments).Capacitance currents were electronically compensated at the beginning ofeach experiment. P/4 leak correction was applied.

To study Sha1 currents on CHO cells, cells were held at −70 mV and afamily of 500 ms test voltage pulses was applied starting from −70 to+70 mV, or +100 mV, in 10 mV increments. The amplitude, as measured forthe current-voltage relationship, was defined as the maximal current ata given membrane potential.

Bath solution: NaCl (160 mM), KCl (2.5 mM), MgCl2 (1 mM), CaCl2 (2 mM),HEPES (10 mM) pH 7.4 (with NaOH)

Pipet solution: KCl (160 mM), MgCl2 (5 mM), EGTA (1 mM), CaCl2 (0.1 mM),NaGTP (0.1 mM), K2ATP (3 mM), HEPES (5 mM) pH 7.4 (with NaOH)

Additional Electrophysiology

By way of further assay validation, the presumptive Sha1 blockerarachidonic acid (J. Neurosci. 1996, 16:2522) was tested on Sha1/KChIP20 cells (FIG. 13).

FIG. 13: Sha1/KChIP inhibited by arachidonic acid. Sha1/KChIP 20 cellswere perfused with a 100 uM [final] solution of arachidonic acid in bathsolution. Pre- and post-compound currents were measured under whole-cellclamp. Left panel: Integrations of the areas under the curves (totalcurrent). Right panel: Peak current amplitudes.

Results and conclusions: Complete inhibition of total Sha1/KChIP currentwas obtained after incubation with arachidonic acid for five minutes,thus confirming a key indicator of this channel.

ShIP_GFP stable clones in CHO cell line, shown in FIG. 14.

FIG. 14: IN curves for clones 18-13-6 and 18-13-20.

Buffer: KCNQ Int/Ext solution

Protocol: C:\FJB\patch clamp\Patch_parmeters\CHO cells_Sha1_IV 500 ms_to70 mV_Whole_cell.pro

Clone Generation and Selection

Transfection: Sha1_delN 10-3 cells were plated in a 35 mm 6-well platesat 2.5×105 cells/well and each well transfected 6 hours later with 1 ugpcDNA3.1/Zeo(+)KChIP DNA using FuGENE transfection reagent (Roche) andthe manufacturer's recommendations. A mock transformation without KChIPDNA was also done to monitor antibiotic selection. For a “Neo/Zeo”control cell line, pcDNA3.1/Neo CHO cells at passage 44 were transfectedwith 1 ug pcDNA3.1/Zeo DNA. Cells were passaged 24 hr later to 175 cm2flasks @ 750K cells/flask and placed under antibiotic selection (900ug/ml G418; 1 mg/ml Zeocin). For the Sha1/KChIP transfection, onceselection was complete (four days), cells were diluted to 12 cells/ml incomplete culture medium and 250 ul was dispensed into each well of four96-well culture plates. Wells containing a single colony were identifiedafter one week's growth and picked for expansion and testing after anadditional week. The Neo/Zeo control cells were propagated as apolyclonal pool.

Clone Screening:

19 individual Sha1/KChIP clones were screened for function (FIG. 15).The amplitude and kinetic profile in response to depolarization with KClwas used to select clones for further evaluation.

FIG. 15: Sha1/KChIP clone screening and Neo/Zeo control line.ScreenWorks screenshots showing primary FLIPR data and a reduced datatable for the 19 clones and the Neo/Zeo pool (middle panel, wells H4-6).Cells were plated at an estimated 5×104 cells/well into 96-well assayplates (TC-treated, BD Biosciences) and incubated overnight at 37° C./5%CO2. Culture medium was removed and replaced with 1× blue membranepotential dye in assay buffer and incubated for 0.5 hour at 25° C. Theassay was read on a FLIPR Tetra by recording baseline fluorescence for20 sec, and recording an additional 180 sec after activation withisometrically-substituted KCl (60 mM [final], columns 1, 2, 4 & 5).Columns 3 & 6 show the responses to normal assay buffer (0.5 mM KCl[final]). Subtract bias was set at 1 and negative control correction wasOFF. For the data table, subtract bias was at 1 and negative controlcorrection (from columns 3 & 6) was ON.

Results and Conclusions:

Seven Sha1/KChIP clones were identified for further testing (blue rowsin data table). Clone 18 (left panel, row C) was ultimately selected fortwo rounds of subcloning in order to stabilize the response and reduceheterogeneity. Importantly, as the Neo/Zeo cell line was found to beessentially unresponsive to the activation method used (middle panel,wells H4 & 5), the requirement for it as a control line was effectivelyeliminated.

Intermediate Subclone Generation:

Sha1/KChIP clones 17 & 18 were plated for subcloning as describedpreviously. A combined total of 66 subclones were screened, and number18-13 was selected as the source for final subclone generation (data notshown, notebook 1050115 #8).

Final Subclone Screening and Selection:

Sha1/KChIP subclone 18-13 was plated for final subcloning as describedpreviously. Thirty-four subclones were evaluated for response to KCldepolarization (FIG. 16).

FIG. 16: Sha1/KChIP final subclone screening. Reduced FLIPR data fromsubclone screening resulting in the final cell line. Cells were platedat an estimated 5×104 cells/well into 96-well assay plates (TC-treated,BD Biosciences) and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. Culture mediumwas aspirated and replaced with 1× blue membrane potential dye in assaybuffer and incubated for 0.5 hour at 25° C. The assay was read on aFLIPR Tetra by recording baseline fluorescence for 20 sec, and recordingan additional 60 sec after activation with isometrically-substituted KCl(60 mM [final]). No data reductions were used during data export. Boththe raw response (RFU, relative fluorescence units, blue bars) andratioed responses (diamonds) are shown. The ratioed response is equal tothe raw response divided by the signal test (i.e., baselinefluorescence)—this was done to compensate for variations in the numberof cells plated for each clone. The green cells in the “ratio” columnindicate clones with a raw/baseline ration >1. Clones were chosen forfurther evaluation by considering one and/or both reductions (indicatedby marked lines).

Results and Conclusions:

Seven cell lines were chosen for further evaluation (marked in FIG. 15)on the FLIPR (data not shown) and in electrophysiology (see “AdditionalElectrophysiology” for examples). After testing clones via conventionalpatch clamp, it was decided to move forward with Sha1/KChIP 18-13-20.This cell line, known as Sha1/KChIP 20 (or ShIP 20), was used, unlessindicated otherwise, in all subsequent HTS assay and screen development.

Assay & Screen Development HTS Screening Strategy

This assay uses two fluid additions to permit the detection ofactivators and antagonists in a single experiment (FIG. 17). Inscreening, test compounds are added in the first addition and allowed toincubate for three minutes. An activating dose of KCl is then introducedin the second addition and the fluorescence read for an additional threeminutes. Controls are run for both additions. A response (rise influorescence) significantly greater than that from buffer/DMSO in thefirst addition indicates that the compound may be an activator (greentrace). A reduced response after the second addition indicates that thecompound may be an antagonist (blue trace).

FIG. 17: Sha1/KChIP assay FLIPR response profiles. Sample control groupaverages from BioFocus compound screening showing first and secondaddition assay windows, and potential activator and antagonist profiles.

Basic Test Protocol

Cells were dispensed in a 50 μl volume containing 7,500 cells into384-well TC clear/black assay plates (Greiner 781091) using a Multidrop384 dispenser, incubated at ambient temperature for one hour (to reduceedge effects), and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. The cells wereassayed 18-24 hours after seeding, at which point they were justapproaching confluency in the wells. Culture medium was removed byflicking and tapping it out of the plate, and cells were loaded with 20ul/well of 1× blue membrane potential dye in assay buffer for 30 minutesat 25° C. After 30 minutes the assay plate was placed into the FLIPR andrun using a two-addition protocol. The first addition (5×, 5 ul)contained 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer. The pipetting height was set at 15and the speed 20. The plate was read for three minutes after thisaddition. The second addition (2×, 25 ul) was either assay buffer or 120mM isometrically-substituted KCl (i.e., KCl substituted for NaCl on a1:1 molar basis). The height was 20 and the speed 25. Aspirate speedswere set at the lowest values and no hold or expel volumes applied. Theplate was read for an additional three minutes after the secondaddition. The exported statistics were typically configured asstat1=average of 190-200 (the interval just before the first addition)and stat2=maximum of 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 andnegative control correction was OFF. Z′ statistics (an index of“screenability”, Z′>0.5=single-pass screen) were calculated using thefollowing formula:

Z′=1-(3σmax+3σmin)/(Iμmax−μminI)).

Use of Membrane Potential Dye in Assay

The Sha1 cell line assay used the addition of membrane potential dye inthe activation buffer to increase the size of the assay window (data notshown). After the addition of KChIP to the Sha1 cell line, we examinedwhether this requirement for dye could be dropped in order to simplifythe protocol and reduce the cost of the assay for both development andHTS (FIG. 18).

FIG. 18: Use of dye in activation buffer. Sha1/KChIP (ShIP), Sha1 andNeo (Sha1 control) cell lines were plated at 5×104 cells/well into96-well assay plates (TC-treated, BD Biosciences) and incubatedovernight at 37° C./5% CO2. Culture medium was aspirated and replacedwith 50 ul 1× blue membrane potential dye in assay buffer and incubatedfor 0.5 hour at 25° C. The assay was read on a FLIPR Tetra by recordingbaseline fluorescence for 20 sec, and recording an additional 60 secafter addition of 50 ul isometrically-substituted KCl (60 mM [final])with and without membrane potential dye. For the data export, subtractbias was set at 1. Error bars are +/−1 SD.

Results and Conclusions:

The removal of membrane potential dye from the activation bufferresulted in a significantly reduced fluorescence change upon KClactivation for all three cell lines. The Z′ statistic for Sha1/KChIPdecreased from 0.77 to 0.59, which is still well above the single-passscreening cutoff of 0.5 (data not shown). As the addition of dye to theactivation buffer would complicate the HTS protocol, and as theestimated potential cost savings over the course of development andscreening was considerable, it was decided to progress without the useof dye in the activation buffer. The reduction in the Z′ statistic waslargely recovered during subsequent development.

Assay Plate Selection

An experiment was undertaken to compare the assay's performance betweenour standard BD Falcon 353962 plates and the less-expensive Greiner781091 384-well tissue culture-treated assay plates (FIG. 19) Note:Greiner is the manufacturer of the BD Falcon plates.

FIG. 19: Comparison of BD and Greiner 384-well assay plates: Sha1/KChIP20 cells were plated at 7500 cells/well into BD and Greiner 384-wellassay plates and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. Culture mediumwas flicked out and replaced with 20 ul 1× blue membrane potential dyein assay buffer and incubated for 0.5 hour at 25° C. The assay was readon a FLIPR Tetra. The first addition (5×, 5 ul) contained 2.5% DMSO inassay buffer, and was read for three minutes. The second addition (2×,25 ul) consisted of isometrically-substituted KCl at dose, and was alsoread for three minutes. Each condition was measured from 2×48 replicatesto allow the calculation of Z's. The exported statistics were configuredas stat1=average of 190-200 and stat2=maximum of 260-maximum allowed.Subtract bias was set at 1. Left panel: Window sizes (calculated asstat2-stat1) as a function of [KCl] for the two plate types. Rightpanel: Z′ statistics calculated as a function of [KCl] for the two platetypes.

Results and Conclusions:

There was a small but consistent decrease (˜200 RFU) in the assay windowsize when using Greiner assay plates in this test. The Z′ statistics,however, were nearly identical due to slightly lower CVs on the Greinerplates. As the estimated potential cost savings over the course ofdevelopment and screening was substantial, it was decided to continuedevelopment using the Greiner plates, and all subsequent work was donewith them.

Assay Buffer Preparation Method Testing

While experimental results during early assay development indicated theuse of freshly-prepared assay buffers, this requireMent was eventuallydropped during screen development (data not shown). The preparationmethod (additions of stock solutions of KCl, NaCl and DMSO to basebuffer) remained in use however, and a volume-compensated bufferpreparation calculator is included in this document.

Cell Density Optimization

Plating densities from 5,000 to 15,000 cells/well were examined for meanresponse and standard deviation, and Z′ statistics were calculated (FIG.20).

FIG. 20: Cell density optimization. Reduced FLIPR data showingstatistics for full plates at the indicated cell densities withresulting Z′ statistics. Platings below 5000 cells/well did not yield amonolayer the next day and were not tested. Sha1/KChIP cells were platedat the indicated densities incubated at 37° C./5% CO2 and assayed thefollowing day. Cells were loaded with 20 ul 1× dye/well for 0.5 hour at25° C. A two-addition protocol was used. The first addition (5×) was 5ul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and thesecond (2×) was 25 ul isometrically-substituted KCl in assay buffer (60mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec. The statistics werecalculated using the average of reads 190-200 (minimum response) and themaximum of reads 260-end (maximum response). Spatial uniformitycorrection was ON. The bars show response to activation, and the lineshows the trend in Z′ statistics

Results and Conclusions:

This assay tended to perform better at lower cell densities. It wasdecided to move development forward with 7500 cells/well (rather than5000 cells/well, as would seem indicated) to avoid potential problemsdue to variations in cell counting and plating.

Dye Concentration

The performance of Sha1/KChIP intermediate subclones 18-13 and 18-28 wasexamined using 0.4× membrane potential dye (vs. 1×) as a possible costsaving measure (FIG. 21).

FIG. 21: Dye concentration evaluation. Sha1/KChIP clones 18-13 and 18-28were plated at 5×104 cells/well into 96-well assay plates (TC-treated,BD Biosciences) and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. Culture mediumwas removed and replaced with 50 ul 1× or 0.4× blue membrane potentialdye in assay buffer and incubated for 0.5 hour at 25° C. The assay wasread on a FLIPR Tetra by recording baseline fluorescence for 20 sec, andrecording an additional 60 sec after addition of 50 ulisometrically-substituted KCl (60 mM [final]). Maximum RFU values areshown. For the data export, subtract bias was set at 1 and negativecontrol correction was ON. Error bars are +/−1 SD.

Results and Conclusions:

Dye used at 0.4× resulted in an assay window reduced to 70% the size ofthat obtained with full (1×) dye for both clones tested. To preserve thefull assay window it was decided to carry out all subsequent developmentusing 1× dye.

DMSO Tolerance

A cell-based assay's sensitivity to DMSO in the first addition factorsinto calculations made about the ability to screen compounds at desiredlevels from particular DMSO stock concentrations. The effects of firstaddition DMSO on assay window size and variability, and the resulting Z′statistics were examined (FIG. 22).

FIG. 22: Sha1/KChIP assay window size, standard deviations and Z′statistics. Sha1/KChIP18-13 cells were plated at 7500 cells/well intoGreiner 384-well assay plates and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2.Culture medium was flicked out and replaced with 20 ul 1× blue membranepotential dye in assay buffer and incubated for 0.5 hour at 25° C. Theassay was run on a FLIPR Tetra using the following conditions: the firstaddition (5×, 5 ul) contained 5×[final] DMSO in assay buffer, and wasread for three minutes. The second addition (2×, 25 ul) consisted ofisometrically-substituted KCl (120 mM), and was read for an additionalthree minutes. Each condition was measured from 64 replicates to allowthe calculation of Z's. The exported statistics were configured asstat1=average of 180-200 and stat2=maximum of 260-380. Subtract bias wasset at 1 and negative control correction was OFF. Blue bars(stat2-stat1) show response to activation, and the red line shows thetrend in Z′ statistics. Error bars are +/−1 SD.

Results and Conclusions:

While standard deviations remained relatively constant, with theexception of 1% DMSO [final], window sizes decreased with increasingDMSO and, necessarily, there occurred a corresponding decrease in Z′statistics. As a practical matter, given the concentrations of thecompound DMSO stocks available to us (usually 2 or 10 mM), we can limitthe cells' exposure to 0.5% DMSO [final]. In this experiment, thatcondition yielded an assay window of >2000 RFUs and a Z′ statistic of0.73.

Dye Loading Time

The effect of progressively longer dye loading times on assay windowsize, standard deviation and resulting Z′ statistic was examined (FIG.23).

FIG. 23: Effect of dye loading time on assay statistics. Filteredfull-plate statistics showing the effect of dye loading times between0.5 and 3 hours on window size, standard deviation and Z′ statistics.Sha1/KChIP18-13 cells were plated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assayplates and tested the following day. Culture medium was removed byflicking the plates and cells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potentialdye per well for 0.5-3 hours at 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used.The first addition (5×) was 5 μl 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5%[final]) read for 180 sec, and the second (2×) was 25 ul 120 mMisometrically-substituted KCl in assay buffer (60 mM [final]) read foran additional 180 sec. Statistics were calculated using the average ofreads 190-200 (minimum response) and the maximum of reads 260-end(maximum response). Subtract bias was set at 1 and negative controlcorrection was OFF. green bars (stat2-stat1) show response toactivation, and the blue line shows the trend in Z′ statistics. Errorbars are +/−1 SD. The data were minimally corrected for systematicartifacts.

Results and Conclusions:

Dye loading times between 0.5 and 3 hours all produced Z′ statisticsabove 0.7. There was an assay window maximum at 1.5 hours and a Z′maximum at 2-2.5 hours. A visual inspection of the cells at three hoursshowed them to be in good condition. It was coneluded that all dyeloading times from 0.5-3 hours result in assays that perform well.

Cell Temperature for Dye Loading

A comparison was made regarding dye-loading temperature between cellplates allowed to cool at room temperature (25° C.) for one hour andthose plates dye-loaded directly from 37° C. incubation (FIG. 24).

FIG. 24: The effects of pre-cooling cells to room temperature prior todye-loading. Sha1/KChIP (ShIP), Sha1 and Neo (Sha1 control) cell lineswere plated at 5×104 cells/well into 96-well assay plates (TC-treated,BD Biosciences) and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2 for testing thefollowing day. Culture medium was removed and replaced with 50 ul 1×blue membrane potential dye in assay buffer and incubated for 0.5 hourat 25° C. The assay was read on a FLIPR Tetra by recording baselinefluorescence for 20 sec, and recording an additional 60 sec afteraddition of 50 ul isometrically-substituted 120 mM KCl (60 mM [final]).For the data export, subtract bias was set at 1 and negative controlcorrection was ON. Error bars are +/−1 SD.

Results and Conclusions:

There was a statistically negligible difference between cool and warmcells for Sha1/KChIP, no difference for Sha1, and a significantreduction in response of the pre-cooled Neo control line. It was decidedthat subsequent development would be done by dye-loading assay platesthat had been equilibrated at room temperature for one hour as thereduction of background response (as seen in the control line) was adesirable outcome. The requirement for pre-cooling assay plates placesonly a minor burden on the HTS protocol.

Activator EC50s

A dose response was established for Sha1/KChIP 18-13 by isometric KClactivation (FIG. 25).

FIG. 25: Group-averaged primary FLIPR data and preliminary EC50.Sha1/KChIP18-13 cells were plated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assayplates and tested the following day. Culture medium was removed byflicking the plates and cells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potentialdye per well for 0.5 hours at 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used.The first addition (5×) was Sul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final])read for 180 sec, and the second (2×) was 25 ulisometrically-substituted KCl at dose in assay buffer (0-60 mM [final])read for an additional 180 sec. Statistics were calculated using theaverage of reads 180-200 and the maximum of reads 260-maximum allowed.Subtract bias was set at 1 and negative control correction was OFF. Toppanel: ScreenWorks screenshot of reduced FLIPR data showing groupaverage responses to KCl dosing. Bottom panel: Nonlinearregression/sigmoidal dose response showing calculated Hillslope andEC50.

Results and Conclusions:

The Sha1/KChIP cell line responded progressively and with lowvariability to activation by increasing levels ofisometrically-substituted KCl. The highest achievable concentration ofKCl using this method is 60 mM [final]. The EC50, using a fixed topresponse, was calculated to be 30 mM KCl in this experiment.

MDC vs Axygen FLIPR 384 Tips

A comparison was made between FLIPR 384 tips supplied by MolecularDevices Corporation (MDC) and those supplied by Axygen Scientific (FIG.26). Note: Axygen is a former supplier of FLIPR 384 tips to MDC. Thecost to us in RTP for Axygen tips is ⅔ that of MDC tips.

FIG. 26: Comparison of MDC and Axygen FLIPR 384 tips. GraphPad Prismscatter plots showing maximum and minimum responses with resultantstatistics of the Sha1/KChIP assay. Sha1/KChIP18-13 cells were plated at7500 cells/well in 384-well assay plates and tested the following day.Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates and cells loaded with20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5 hours at 25° C. Atwo-addition protocol was used. The first addition (5×) was 5 ul 2.5%DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and the second(2×) was 25 ul 120 mM isometrically-substituted KCl in assay buffer (60mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec. Statistics were exportedusing the average of reads 180-200 and the maximum of reads 260-maximumallowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 and negative control correction wasOFF. Left panel: Molecular Devices FLIPR 384 tips. Right panel: AxygenFLIPR 384 tips.

Results and Conclusions:

The performance of the Sha1/KChIP assay was identical using either MDCor Axygen tips. As the cost savings over the course of assay developmentand HTS was calculated to be considerable, all subsequent protocols usedAxygen Scientific FLIPR 384 tips.

Stability of Assay Buffer and Other Reagents

An assessment was made of the stability of the reagents used in theSha1/KChIP assay, namely, the first addition assay buffer/DMSO,reconstituted dye and activation buffer (FIG. 27).

FIG. 27: Reagent stability. Sha1/KChIP 18-13 cells were plated at 7500cells/well in 384-well assay plates and tested the following day.Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates and cells loaded with20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5 hours at 25° C. Atwo-addition protocol was used. The first addition (5×) was 5 ul 2.5%DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and the second(2×) was 25 ul 120 mM isometrically-substituted KCl in assay buffer (60mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec. Statistics were exportedusing the average of reads 180-200 and the maximum of reads 260-maximumallowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 and negative control correction wasOFF. All reagents for the Sha1/KChIP assay were prepared the day prior(with the exception of the dye), early in the workday and freshly foreach experiment. The assay was run at time points 0, 4 and 8 hrs andovernight (O/N) with both previously- and freshly-prepared reagents.

Results and Conclusions:

The performance of the Sha1/KChIP assay exhibited only minorfluctuations during the course of the day. It was concluded that thereagents were stable for at least one full day. Subsequently, it wasfound that the assay and activation buffers were stable over the courseof at least one week (data not shown).

FLIPR Tetra Pipetting Optimization

A number of experiments (data not shown) were carried out to examine theeffect of changes in pipetting heights, speeds, and hold and expelvolumes on assay statistics (Table 2).

Results and Conclusions:

The following table shows the settings that consistently gave the bestresults, as measured by Z′ statistics:

TABLE 2 Pipetting optimization. First and second addition pipetting tipheights, speeds, and expel volumes that consistently resulted in Z’statistics of 0.5 or better. The were used during aspiration and nopauses or mixing applied to dispensing. initial vol 1st add vol heightspeed tip up expel 2nd add vol height speed tip up expel 20 ul 5x 5 ul15 20 6 0 2x 25 ul 20 25 6 0 Note: No hold volumes were used duringaspiration and no pauses or mixing applied to dispersing.

3-Day Minimum/Midpoint/Maximum Response

Sha1/KChIP 20 cells were examined for stability of response three timesover the course of five days to assess the variability that could beexpected during a screen (FIG. 28).

FIG. 28: Three-day minimum, midpoint and maximum statistics. GraphPadPrism scatterplots showing duplicate half-plate assay data for threedays with resulting window, CV and Z′ statistics. Sha1/KChIP 20 cellswere plated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assay plates and tested thefollowing day. Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates and thecells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5+hours at 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used. The first addition(5×) was 5 ul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec,and the second (2×) was 25 ul 60 mM (left-half of plate) or 120 mM(right-half of plate) isometrically-substituted KCl in assay buffer (30and 60 mM [final], respectively) read for an additional 180 sec.Statistics were exported using the average of reads 180-200 and themaximum of reads 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 andnegative control correction was OFF. Statistics were compiled asfollows: Min-left half of n001 stat1 & right half of n002 stat1;Mid-left half n001 stat2 & left half n002 stat2; Max-right half n001stat2 & right half n002 stat2. The data were minimally corrected forsystematic artifacts

Results and Conclusions:

This assay performed well over the course of five days with a maximum Z′statistic range of 0.73 to 0.80, a mean of 0.77, and a standarddeviation of 0.03. Note: Three-day single full-plate (three plates/day)experiments were also conducted (data not shown) with good results. Theassay performed well over the course of six days with a maximum Z′statistic range of 0.69 to 0.74, a mean of 0.72, and a standarddeviation of 0.03. Taken together, this assay could be expected toperform well over the course of a screening campaign.

3-Day Activator Dose Response Curves & EC50s

The stability of response of Sha1/KChIP 20 to isometrically-substitutedKCl dosing was measured three times across six days (FIG. 29).

FIG. 29: Three-day KCl dose response curves and EC50s. Sha1/KChIP 20cells were plated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assay plates and testedthe following day. Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates andthe cells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5hours at 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used. The first addition(5×) was 5 ul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec,and the second addition was 25 ul 2× isometrically-substituted KCl atdose in assay buffer (0-60 mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec.Statistics were exported using the average of reads 180-200 and themaximum of reads 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 andnegative control correction was OFF. Analysis is nonlinear regression,sigmoidal dose-response, top constant. Data are from single plates with48 replicates for each dose.

Results and Conclusions:

The assay responded reasonably consistently to KCl dosing over threedays with an EC50 range of 32 to 42 mM KCl, a mean of 36 mM, and astandard deviation of 5 mM.

3-Day Antagonist Dose Response Curves & IC50s

The presumptive Sha1/KChIP antagonist amiloride, identified duringBIOMOL compound screening at 25 uM, was used to generate duplicate doseresponses over three consecutive days (FIG. 30).

FIG. 30: Three-day amiloride dose responses. Sha1/KChIP 20 cells wereplated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assay plates and tested thefollowing day. Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates and thecells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5 hoursat 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used. The first addition (5×) was5 ul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and thesecond addition was 25 ul 2× isometrically-substituted KCl at dose inassay buffer (0-60 mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec.Statistics were exported using the average of reads 180-200 and themaximum of reads 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 andnegative control correction was OFF. Analysis is nonlinear regression,sigmoidal dose-response. The data were fixed to an extrapolated point at55 mM KCl to compensate for first addition artifacts seen as inhibitionapproached 100%. Data are from duplicate plates each day with 48replicates/plate for each dose.

Results and Conclusions:

The assay responded consistently to inhibition by amiloride over threeconsecutive days with an IC50 range of 20 to 29 uM amiloride, a mean of24 uM, and a standard deviation of 3 uM. It was concluded that thiscompound could reasonably be expected to perform well as an inhibitioncontrol for HTS.

Direct-to-Plate Assay

Experiments were undertaken to determine the feasibility of platingcells directly from liquid nitrogen storage to assay plates without anyintervening cell culture (FIG. 31).

FIG. 31: Direct-to-plate assay. Frozen Sha1/KChIP 20 cells (2 ml×106/ml)were thawed, added to 82 ml complete culture medium, and plated in a 50ul volume (1.2×104 cells/well) in 384-well plates for testing thefollowing day. Culture medium was removed by flicking the plates and thecells loaded with 20 ul 1× membrane potential dye per well for 0.5 hoursat 25° C. A two-addition protocol was used. The first addition (5×) was5 ul 2.5% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and thesecond addition was 25 ul 60 mM or 120 mM isometrically-substituted KClin assay buffer (30 mM or 60 mM [final], respectively) read for anadditional 180 sec. Statistics were exported using the average of reads180-200 and the maximum of reads 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias wasset at 1 and negative control correction was OFF.

This strategy is widely-employed throughout the lead discovery sectorand often results in decreased assay variability, significant timesavings, and reduced labor costs.

Results and Conclusions:

The Sha1/KChIP assay responded well when plated directly from liquidnitrogen storage. The Z′ achieved from the maximum response was 0.73.While this strategy will not be employed during the current campaign, itwill be considered during future screen developments.

BIOMOL Compound Screening

An Ion Channel Ligand Library (BIOMOL #2805), comprising 71 activatorsand inhibitors covering the major ion channel types, was twice measuredagainst Sha1/KChIP 20 activity at 25 uM in 384-well four-pont mode(FIGS. 32 & 33).

FIG. 32: BIOMOL compounds—primary screening data. ScreenWorksscreenshots showing primary FLIPR data for BIOMOL compound screening.Sha1/KChIP 20 cells were plated at 7500 cells/well in 384-well assayplates and screened the following day. Culture medium was removed byflicking the plates and the cells were loaded with 20 ul 1× membranepotential dye per well for 0.5 hours at 25° C. A two-addition protocolwas used. The first addition was 5 ul 5× control or compound in 2.5%DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, and the secondaddition was 25 ul 2× control or 120 mM isometrically-substituted KCl inassay buffer (0-60 mM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec.Statistics were exported using the average of reads 180-200 and themaximum of reads 260-maximum allowed. Subtract bias was set at 1 andnegative control correction was OFF. Control columns 1/2 and 23/24 aredescribed starting on pg. 53 of this document. Inset: Screenshot ofgroup averages for the control and compound wells highlighted in theprimary data screen.

FIG. 33: BIOMOL compounds—reduced screening data. Assay plate viewsshowing percent inhibition of Sha1/KChIP response by BIOMOL compounds.Experimental conditions are described in the previous figure legend.

Results and Conclusions:

Using an arbitrary cutoff of 55% inhibition, three compounds showedreproducible inhibitory activity against the Sha1/KChIP response.Amiloride (B8) is a known calcium channel blocker. Both NS-1619 (E7) andflufenamic acid (F6) are known to stimulate KCa2+ channel activities. Itwas unlikely that these compounds would prove to be direct inhibitors ofSha1, and patch clamp measurements bore this out (data not shown). Forscreening purposes, amiloride proved to be consistent in its action, andso was used for subsequent BIOMOL and BioFocus validation screening, andis recommended for HTS.

BioFocus Compound Screening

FIG. 34: Compound preparation protocol for BioFocus screening. Compoundpreparation was carried out on the FLIPR Tetra. Library plates at 2 mMwere diluted 40× in assay buffer and dispensed into quadrants for384-well screening.

The 3222 unique members of the BioFocus SoftFocus Ion Channel Libraries#1-4 (#SF101-04) were screened in 384-well four-point mode againstSha1/KChIP at 10 uM in a combined activator and antagonist screen. Thesame FLIPR protocol was used as for the BIOMOL screening and was carriedout over four non-consecutive days. The following compound preparationprotocol was used to prepare screening plates:

Briefly, Sha1-KChIP cells were seeded in 384-well plates at 7500cells/well in 50 μl and incubated overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. The nextday, culture medium was removed, 20 μl of 1×FMP dye was added, and thecell plate was incubated at 27° C. for 30 minutes. After incubation, thecell plate was placed into the Tetra and a two-addition protocol wasused. The 1st addition was 5 μl of 5× compound (50 μM) with a threeminute read. If the compound showed a response in the 1st addition, itwas flagged as an activator. The 2nd addition was 25 μl of 2× activationbuffer (120 mM isometric KCl substitution for NaCl) and read for anadditional two minutes. A depression of the KCl response indicated thecompound was an antagonist. All data were exported as statistics files.For the 1st addition, the average from reads 190-200 was used and forthe 2nd addition, the maximum from 260-maximum allowed was used.

The activation and inhibition percentages were calculated by thefollowing formulas and all results were calculated based on controls:

% Activation(1st addition statistic)=(testsample−μminA)/(μmaxA−μminA)×100

where μmaxA=mean 100% activation, and μminA=mean 0% activation.

% Inhibition(2nd addition statistic)=(μminI−testsample)/(μminI−μmaxI)×100

where μmaxI=mean 100% inhibition, and μminI=mean 0% inhibition.

The Z′ statistics for activation and inhibition were calculated usingthe following formula:

Z′=1−((3σmax+3σmin)/(Iμmax−μminI))

BioFocus SoftFocus® Ion Channel Focused Libraries #1-4: 1° ScreeningActivator Hits

The percent activity relative to control is plotted as a histogram forthe BioFocus ion channel library activator screen (FIG. 35).

FIG. 35: Sha1/KChIP FLIPR BioFocus 1° screening-activation. Distributionof actives on Sha1/KChIP.

The activity was based on the mean and standard deviation of thecompound set (minus controls and outliers, such as fluorescentcompounds). Because the mean and standard deviation were so low, wechose to use a 6a cut-off of 12% activation to select compounds forfollow-up. As shown in Table 3, there were no compounds that showedactivation over the 6a cut-off of 12%.

TABLE 3 Summary of Shal/KChIP activation. Summary table showing resultsfrom Shal/KChIP activator screening. Shal-KChIP Activation Totalcompounds 3222 Mean of Data set −0.3 SD of Data set 1.98 6-Sigma  12%Total Actives 0 % Hit Rate 0.00%

BioFocus SoftFocus® Ion Channel Focused Libraries #1-4: 1° ScreeningAntagonist Hits

The percent activity relative to control is plotted as a histogram forthe BioFocus ion channel library antagonist screen. The activity wascalculated based on the mean and standard deviation of the compound set(minus controls and outliers, such as fluorescent compounds). Thedistribution of the antagonist activity shows a normal distribution;however, it is centered at 10-15% inhibition, which we have seenpreviously with this compound set. We chose to use a 3σ cut-off of 29%inhibition to select the compounds for follow-up (Table 4). Because thecompounds were tested in quadruplicate in the FLIPR screen and did notshow strong inhibition at 10 μM, and because the amount of compoundavailable is limiting, IC50s will not be performed on the FLIPR. Allfollow-up for antagonist hits will be performed on the QPatch. Table Idetails the antagonist actives with inhibition >/=29%.

TABLE 4 Summary of Shal/KChIP inhibition. Summary table showing resultsfrom Shal/KChIP inhibitor screening. Shal-KChIP Antagonist TotalCompounds 3222 Mean of Data set 5.9 SD of Data set 825 3-Sigma   29%Total Actives 53 % Hit Rate 1.60%

Molecular Validation of Sha1/KChIP Cell Line

Experiments were undertaken to assess the integrity of the Sha1 andKChIP coding sequences incorporated into the Sha1/KChIP stable cell line(Table A1). The strategy employed was to isolate genomic DNA (gDNA) fromSha1/KChIP 20 and control cell lines and to use these DNAs as templatesfor informative PCRs (polymerase chain reactions). Amplification primerswere selected to generate products across the 5′ and 3′ ends of the Sha1and KChIP coding regions. Additional primers were chosen to verify theoverall length of each coding region.

TABLE A1 Overview of primer pairs and PCR parameters used in molecularvalidation of Shal/KChIP cell line.

PCR products were generated across the 5′ and 3′ ends as well as thefull-length coding sequences of Shal and KChIP. Primer names, targetregions, Tms (annealing temperatures) and expected fragment sizes areindicated. The Shal/KChIP 20 gDNA prep is described, as is the 50 u1reaction setup. The cycling parameters include a modified “touchdown”protocol to reduce the generation of non-specific products, and weredesigned to accommodate differing predicted optimal annealingtemperatures.

Results and Conclusions:

All reactions yielded single products of the correct predicted size(FIG. 35A) with the exception of reaction #3 which produced a minorproduct of about 300 bp (FIG. 35A, lane 3). This product was alsogenerated when amplifying control cell line gDNA (data not shown) and ispresumed to be an artifact of the specific primer pair used. Inconclusion, the coding sequences of Sha1 and KChIP appear to be intactusing this kind of molecular examination.

FIG. 35A: PCR products from the reactions described in Table A1. Eachlane contains 20 ul of each 50 ul amplification reaction electrophoresedon a 1% agarose gel and stained with ethidium bromide. M1: BenchTop 1 kbDNA Ladder (Promega), M2: BenchTop PCR Markers (Promega), 1: Sha1 5′ end(180 bp), 2: Sha1 3′ end (1.1 kb), 3: Sha1 full-length (2.1 kb), 4:KChIP 5′ end (1.4 kb), 5: KChIP 3′ end (260 bp), 6: KChIP full-length(1.3 kb).

The Following Examples are in Connection with the Shaker Channel and/ora Hyperkinetic Beta Subunit:

Molecular Cloning and Vector Map

The pTriEx/Shaker plasmid we started with contains a Kozak sequenceupstream 5′ additional N-terminal amino acids (MAISR). In order to clonethe Shaker full-length cDNA into different expression vectors, thefollowing strategy was performed:

-   -   500 bp 5′-fragment amplification: two oligos have been designed        for the amplification of the Shaker ATG codon together with a        proper Kozak sequence without the additional 5′ Nterminal amino        acids.

Oligo SH-UPP, 5′-CCGGTACCATGGCCGCCGTTGCC-3′ Oligo SH-LOW,5′-CCGGTCTCCGTAGTCGGCCACC-3′

In bold KpnI restriction site; in bold, underlined the Kozak sequence,in underlined Shaker annealing sequence.

SH-LOW oligo is located downstream the unique SalI restriction site onShaker sequence.

The PCR fragment has been cloned into pCR-Blunt vector and the sequencehas been verified.

The pCR-Blunt/5′-PCR clone has been digested with KpnI (in SH-UPP oligo)and SalI (in Shaker sequence) and the 400 bp 5′-fragment was purified.

-   -   1770 bp 3′-fragment cloning: pTriEx/Shaker plasmid was digested        with SalI and EcoRI restriction enzymes and the 1770 bp fragment        was purified.    -   Shaker wt cloning into pExSelect and pIRES2EGFP expression        vectors via pcDNA3.1(+) vector: the 400 bp KpnI-SalI 5′-fragment        and the 1770 bp SalI-EcoRI 3′-fragment obtained as described        above have been cloned into the pcDNA3.1(+) vector. The        NheI-EcoRI Shaker fragment of this construct has been cut and        then cloned into the pExSelect and pIRES2EGFP previously        digested with NheI and EcoRI.

The VectorNTi map of the final pExSelect_Shaker construct is shown inFIG. 36.

Cell Culture Conditions and Transfection

CHO-K1 cells were maintained in Dulbecco's MEM/Nutrient Mix F12 (1:1)(DME-F12 Euroclone catNECM0090L) supplemented with 1.6 mM SodiumPyruvate, (100 mM solution, Euroclone cat. #ECM0542D), 13 mM Hepes (1Msolution, Euroclone cat. #ECM0180D), 0.2% Sodium Bicarbonate (7.5%solution, Euroclone cat. #ECM0980D), 2 mM Ultraglutamine (BioWhittakercat. #BE17-605E/U1), 10% FBS (Fetal Bovine Serum, Euroclone cat.#ECS0180L), and 1% Penicillin/Streptomycin (100× solution Euroclone cat.#B3001D).

Propagation conditions consist of seeding about 6×105 cells/T75 flasktwice a week. Recovering about 10-13×106 cells/T75 flask.

Transfection was performed by electroporating 1.0×106 cells in presenceof 10 μg of DNA at 300 mV and 950 μF. Cells were then selected withmedium containing 2 mg/ml G418 or 1 mg/ml Zeocin for 10-15 days. Afterantibiotic selection, resistant clones were maintained in 1 mg/ml G418(Calbiochem cat. #345812) or 0.5 mg/ml Zeocin (InvivoGen cat. #ant-zn-5)medium.

All the cell lines are plated in complete medium without antibiotics forthe FLIPR experiments.

Cellular Membrane Voltage Measurement by FLIPR

In order to detect the membrane depolarization elicited by KClinjection, the Membrane Potential sensitive dye was used both forFLIPR384 and FLIPRTETRA experiments. Cells were analyzed in 384clear-bottom black MPTs (MATRIX cat. #4324) by seeding 5000, 7500, 10000cells/well 24 hrs before experiment. Plates were incubated with 40 μl/wof 0.625× membrane potential dye for 45-60 minutes at 37° C. or roomtemperature and measured at FLIPR instrument by injecting 10 μl/w of 5×antagonist (in the presence of 0.5% DMSO, as indicated) followed by 3-5minutes fluorescence reading; then a second injection of 25 μl/w of 3×KCl in Standard Tyrode solution) was performed and fluorescence measuredfor further 3-4 minutes. In experiments with a single injection(agonist), plates were incubated with 20 μl/w of 1× dye and injectedwith 20 μl/w of 2× KCl in Standard Tyrode solution.

Kinetic data obtained from different well replicates were analyzed withFLIPR, Excel and Spotfire software, by calculating the Integral orMaximum-Minimum RFU values after the injection; the obtained means andstandard deviations were utilized to create sigmoidal dose-response fitsby GraphPad PRISM® or Spotfire software and to calculate EC50-IC50values and Z′ factors.

EC80 value was calculated according to the following formula:

ECx=(x/100−x)1/Hill Slope*EC50

For the calculation of the Z′ factor the following formula was used:

$Z^{\prime} = {1 - \frac{3*\left( {{{{ST}.{DEV}}\mspace{14mu} {agonist}} + {{{ST}.{DEV}}\mspace{14mu} {Tyrode}}} \right.}{{{MEAN}\mspace{14mu} {agonist}} - {{MEAN}\mspace{14mu} {Tyrode}}}}$

Current Detection by Patch Clamp Electrophysiological Recordings

Standard whole-cell voltage-clamp experiments were performed at roomtemperature. For data acquisition and further analysis, we used theEPC10 digitally controlled amplifier in combination with PATCHMASTERsoftware (HEKA Electronics, Lambrect, Germany). The EPC10 providesautomatic subtraction of capacitance and leakage currents by mean ofprepulse. The data were filtered at 66.7 KHz (−3 dB, 8-pole Bessellowpass) and digitized at 5 μs per point. The input resistance of thepatch pipettes was 2.0-4.0 MΩ and the capacitances of the cells were15.3±2.1 pF (n=45); the residual series resistances (after up to 80%compensation) were 4.2±0.4 MΩ.

Correction for liquid junction potential was routinely applied. Membranepotential was clamped at −100 mV and currents were elicited by 50 msdepolarization pulses (0.1 Hz) from −60 mV to +100 mV (or +60 mV).

Cell Culture

For electrophysiology experiments, CHO-K1/DmShaker cells have beentreated and maintained in culture with the standard protocol describedabove. 24 hrs (or four to six hrs in the second limiting dilution tests)before experiments CHO-K1/DmShaker cells were seeded onto poly-D-lysinecoated glasses (200000 cells each) and placed in six well plates inantibiotic free medium. Immediately before experiments coated glasses,with seeded cells, have been washed five times with patch clampextracellular solution and then put into the recording chamber.

Solutions

The pipette solution contained (mM): KMeSO3 128, HEPES 10, EGTA 12,MgCl2 3, CaCl2 0,7, K2ATP 5, pH 7.2 with KOH.

The bath solution contained (mM): NaCl 145, KCl 5, MgCl2 1, CaCl2 2,HEPES 10, Glucose 10, pH 7.4 with NaOH.

Ligand Storage

-   -   DMSO (Dimethyl sulfoxide SIGMA cat. #D-5879) was purchased from        SIGMA®.    -   KCl was purchased from SIGMA® and stock solution was prepared 3        M in water.    -   TEA was purchased from SIGMA® and stock solution was prepared 1M        in water.

Working solutions are prepared in the Standard Tyrode buffer (pH 7.4):

NaCl 130 mM, KCl 5 mM, CaCl2-2H2O 2 mM, MgCl2 1 mM, NaHCO3 5 mM, HEPES20 mM.

Software

Data were analyzed using Excel, GraphPad Prism 4, FLIPR384 ControlSoftware, ScreenWorks 1.2.0.

Stable Cell Line Generation

CHO-K1 cells have been stably transfected with pExSelect_Shaker orpExSelect vector alone (as mock control). 48 hrs after transfectioncells have been cultured in complete medium supplemented with 2 mg/mlG418 to select a resistant pool.

Antibiotic resistant DmShaker transfected cells (not FACSorted) havebeen further transfected with the H-kvβ subunit A or C subtype vectorsreceived from BASF and 48 hrs later cells put on selection with 1 mg/mlZeocin.

First Limiting Dilution Clone Selection

In order to obtain a pure Shaker and H-kvβ clone, a first limitingdilution step has been performed by diluting stable mock or Shakertransfected pools in 96 wp at a cell density of 1 cell/well (5×96 wpmock and 5×96 wp Shaker plus H-kvβ for each subunit). Confluent cloneswere replicated into clear bottom 384 wp and analyzed after 24 hrs atFLIPR384 by injecting 100 mM KCl. As shown in FIG. 37 the mock clonesshowed an hyperpolarization upon KCl injection while some of the Shakerand Hkvβ both A and C clones displayed a KCl response recorded as asustained depolarization, as shown in FIG. 38.

FIG. 37. Mock I limiting dilution plate selection at FLIPR³⁸⁴: exampleof one plate

FIG. 38. Shaker+Hkvβ A or C subunit I limiting dilution clone selectionat FLIPR³⁸⁴

Data were analyzed using the total integral RFU values after activatorinjection. On the basis of this data analysis, two mock clones and sixclones each from both Shaker plus A or C subtype have been selected forre-test in a counted cells experiment: 10000 c/w have been plated and 24hrs later a KCl dose-response at FLIPR384 has been performed. Theresulting best clones are shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 39. I limiting dilution clone re-test as counted celss at FLIPR³⁸⁴

Protocol: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at 37° C. with40 μl of blue MP dye according to the described procedure; 20 μl/w KClinjection at FLIPR384 (3× Tyrode solution).

Clone Stability at Different Passages in Culture and afterFreezing/Thawing

A-3A10 has been selected as the best responding clone and maintained inculture for more than two months. A-3A10 has been analyzed at FLIPR384for KCl response stability at different cell passages and afterfreezing/thawing as shown in FIGS. 40 and 41.

FIG. 40. A-3A10 signal stability at different cell passages: 10000c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at 37° C. with 40 μl of blue MPdye according the described procedure; 10 μl/w 0.5% DMSO injection as 5×tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl injection at FLIPR384 (3× tyrodesolution) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

FIG. 41. A-3A10 signal stability after freezing and thawing: 10000c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation. at 37° C. with 40 μl of blue MPdye according to the described procedure; 10 μl/w 0.5% DMSO injection 5×Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl injection at FLIPR384 (3× Tyrodesolutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

TEA Effect on A-3A10 Clone

TEA effect has been analyzed on A-3A10 clone by KCl stimulation upon 30,60 or 90 mM TEA pre-injection by FLIPR 384. TEA blocking effect isvisible in particular on 30 mM KCl stimulation as shown in FIG. 42.

FIG. 42. TEA effect on A-3A10 clone: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′incubation at 37° C. with 40 μl of blue MP dye according the describedprocedure; 10 μl/w 0.5% DMSO inj. in the presence of 30, 60 or 90 mM TEA5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl injection at FLIPR384 (3×tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

KCl Hypertonic or Isotonic Solution Analysis

Both KCl hypertonic or isotonic solutions have been analyzed on A-3A10clone. Hypertonic solutions have been prepared starting from standardTyrode buffer (135 mM NaCl+KCl) by adding the required volume of KClstock solution (standard protocol

Isotonic solutions have been prepared starting from “Tyrode base” (0 MNaCl+KCl) and keeping NaCl+KCl salts concentration at 135 mM. Nodifferences have been observed in the response of the tested clone bothas RFU and as kinetic shape, when using the two solutions as shown inFIG. 43. So all validation experiments were performed in standardTyrode.

FIG. 43. Hypertonic and isotonic solutions analysis: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEMdiscarded; 45′ inc. at 37° C. with 40 μl of blue MP dye according thedescribed procedure; 10 μl/w 0.5% DMSO inj. 5× tyrode solutions; 3′after, 25 μl/w KCl inj at FLIPR384 (3× tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5,15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

Second Limiting Dilution Clone Selection

The Shaker/H-kvβ A subunit best clone, A-3A10, has been put in secondlimiting dilution in 3×96 wp at a cell density of 1 cell/well. 30 cloneshave been picked-up and grown for testing. Ten clones have been testedfirst as counted cells using the standard loading and experimentalprotocols. KCl response of the best clones is shown in FIG. 44.

FIG. 44. A-3A10 II limiting dilution clone selection at FLIPR384

Example of best clones: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at37° C. with 40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10μl/w 0.5% DMSO injection 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl injat FLIPR384 (3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

Two clones, n° 1 and n° 9, have been selected as the best responsiveclones for further analysis at FLIPRTETRA. 10000, 7500, 5000 and 2500c/w have been plated 24 hrs before experiment and KCl dose-responseanalysis has been performed. Data obtained are shown in FIG. 45

FIG. 45. n° 1 and n° 9 II limiting dilution clones analyzed atFLIPRTETRA: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at 37° C. with40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10 μl/w 0.5%DMSO injection 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl injection atFLIPRTETRA (3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM

Final Clone Optimization

The Shaker n° 1 clone has been chosen for further characterization andfinal clone optimization.

Cell Density Dependency

Shaker n° 1 clone has been seeded 10000, 7500 and 5000 c/w 24 h beforeexperiment in order to determine the optimal cell density. The day ofexperiment a KCl dose-response has been injected at FLIPRTETRA and theEC50 has been calculated. The results are shown in FIG. 46.

FIG. 46. Cell density dependency, KCl dose-response: 10000; 7500, 5000c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at RT with 40 μl of blue MP dyeaccording the described procedure; 10 μl/w Tyrode injection; 3′ later,25 μl/w KCl injection at FLIPRTETRA (3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5,15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM.

To draw the curve the Max-Min value after KCl injection has beenconsidered.

DMSO Sensitivity

In order to determine if DMSO causes any effect on the activatorresponse, clone n° 1 has been plated at the cell density of 10000, 7500or 5000 c/w and analyzed at FLIPRTETRA 24 h later, by injecting KCldose-response, after a instrument pre-injection of 0.5-1-1.5-3% DMSO.

As shown in FIG. 47-48-49 DMSO concentrations up to 1.5% have nosignificant effect on the KCl response; 3% DMSO gives rise to a decreasein KCl dependent response.

FIG. 47 DMSO sensitivity: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubationat RT with 40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10μl/w 0.5, 1, 1.5, 3% DMSO injection 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ after, 25μl/w KCl inj at FLIPRTETRA (3× tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30,60, 90, 120 mM.

To draw the curve the Max-Min value after KCl injection has beenconsidered.

FIG. 48 DMSO sensitivity: 7500 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubationat RT with 40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10μl/w 0.5, 1, 1.5, 3% DMSO injection 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25μl/w KCl inj at FLIPRTETRA (3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30,60, 90, 120 mM.

To draw the curve the Max-Min value after KCl injection has beenconsidered.

FIG. 49 DMSO sensitivity: 5000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ inc.ubationat RT with 40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10μl/w 0.5, 1, 1.5, 3% DMSO injetion 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25μl/w KCl injection at FLPIRTETRA (3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5,15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM.

To draw the curve the Max-Min value after KCl injection has beenconsidered.

Clone Stability after Freezing/Thawing

Clone n° 1 has been analyzed after culturing (p 6) and freezing/thawing:cells have been plated at the cell density of 10000, 7500 or 5000 c/wand analyzed at FLIPRTETRA after 24 h by injecting KCl dose-response inthe presence of 0.5% DMSO.

The results are shown in FIG. 50.

FIG. 50 Clone stability in culture and after freezing/thawing: 10000,7500, 5000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 45′ incubation at RT with 40 μl ofblue MP dye according the described procedure; 10 μl/w 0.5% DMSOinjection 5× Tyrode solutions; 3′ later, 25 μl/w KCl inj at FLPIRTETRA(3× Tyrode solutions) 1.5, 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 mM.

To draw the curve the Max-Min value after KCl injection has beenconsidered.

EC50 Stability on Three Separate Days

In order to verify the KCl response stability throughout different daysof experiment, the final clone has been tested at FLIPR384 in threeseparate days by injecting a KCl dose-response. As shown in FIG. 51.

FIG. 51. EC50 reproducibility in three different days

Protocol: 10000 c/w-24 h; MEM discarded; 30′ incubation at 37° C. with40 μl of blue MP dye according the described procedure; 10 μl/w Tyrode0.5% DMSO injection at FLIPR384; read for 2′; 25 μl/w KCl injection atFLIPR384 (3× Tyrode solutions). Values in the graph refer to the Max-Minafter KCl injection.

Patch Clamp Analysis

The two best clones coming from the first limiting dilution were testedthrough whole cell patch clamp technique. As shown (FIG. 52 a and b) theapplication of depolarization pulses to up+100 mV induced a Dm-Shakercurrent with a typical fast activation and fast inactivation profile. Insome experiments, a TTX-sensitive inward current was present as shown inFIG. 52 b.

For each clone six experiments were performed and very promising resultswere obtained: 100% of the cells of clone 3a10 showed a Dm-Shakercurrent profile with a mean current density (at +60 mV) of 56.3±36pA/pF, whereas five cells showed the potassium current for the clone 4d1with a mean current densities of 13.4±18 pA/pF

As the best electrophysiology results were obtained from the Dm-ShakerA-subtype clone, it was decided to put into limiting dilution only thecell transfected with the Shaker channel plus the H-kvβ A subunit. Inthe meanwhile the activity of the 3a10 clone was routinely checked everytwo weeks; moreover the clone expression stability after cells thawingwas also checked.

In FIG. 53 a), b) and c), we can see that pulses of depolarization up to+60 mV (b) or to +100 mV (a and c) induced the activation of Dm-Shaker.In particular the stability of the functional channel expression wasstill very high when cells were maintained in culture at least up tofive-six weeks (FIG. 53 a) and after cells thawing (FIG. 53 c). In thisexperiments 83.3% and 100% of the cells respectively showed Dm-Shakercurrent (n=6 and 7).

After sub-culturing clone 3a10 for more than two months (passages17-20), the expression of the channel was decreased and the cellsshowing Dm-Shaker current were 50% (n=8). In order to have kineticinformations about the voltage dependence of the activity of Dm-Shaker,the I-V relationship was plotted (FIG. 54). I-V plot was constructed bymeasuring peak currents and plotting the normalized values againstmembrane potential (n=8±SD).

Clone 1 coming from the second limiting dilution was then used forelectrophysiology analysis and two compounds, were also tested on theselected clone. The two compounds affect the Dm-Shaker activity.

Screening Protocol

In the final assay adaptation for screening, several modifications ofthe protocols were done. The most substantial of these changes are:

-   -   Implementation of an automated procedure for dye loading    -   50 mM KCl: final concentration for screening (1:3 dilution of        Activation buffer)    -   Automated process

Where the activation buffer was prepared as follows:

150 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl2*2H2O, 1 mM MgCl2, 5 mM NaHCO3, 20 mM HEPES, pH7.4

The composition of the activation buffer represents a solution that isas close as possible to the physiological conditions in terms ofosmolarity. That is the reason why it was decided to perform thescreening adaptation and the full screening by using this buffer insteadof standard tyrode.

Final FLIPR Protocol for Screening

The finalized FLIPR protocol has this setup:

-   -   Source Plate 1: Compound dilution plate    -   Source Plate 2: Activator plate    -   Read Position: Assay plate    -   Source Plate 3/Tips: not used (Tip box)    -   Filters: Excitation: 510-545; Emission: 565-625    -   Read settings (typical): Gain 60. Exp. Time 0.6; Excitation 60    -   Wash Buffer A: water    -   Wash Buffer B: water with 2.5% DMSO

The protocol (which is represented graphically above) includes thesesteps:

-   -   Mix the compound dilution plate    -   Transfer 10 μL from compound dilution plate to the assay plate    -   Start read 3.0 minutes    -   After 30 seconds, mix assay wells    -   Wash tips (while reading)    -   Transfer 25 μL from activator plate to the assay plate, mix        immediately    -   Read 4.0 minutes    -   Wash tips (while reading)

The only substantial change in physical processing of the plate in theautomated procedure versus the manual procedure is in the dye loading.In the manual process, this is accomplished by first dumping the mediumout of the wells by “flicking” the liquid into a sink, and thenaliquoting dye into the wells.

In the automated procedure, the dye loading is accomplished by theautomated 384-well pipettor of our screening system. In order to removethe culture medium without disturbing the cell monolayer, we perform acycle of aspiration/buffer dispense/aspiration in order to accomplish a“washing” of the well. In effect, our pipetting procedure resulted in aresidual of 5% of the culture medium in the well with the dye. The finaldye loading step involves removing the wash buffer, leaving 10 μL in thewell, then adding 30 μL of 0.666× dye, for a final of 40 μL of 0.5× dye.We found that this resulted in an identical (or even better) performanceof the assay as compared to manual emptying of the wells.

For the running of the automated process, an optimized schedule iscompute to maximize plate throughput. An example of the optimizedschedule for many plates is shown in FIG. 54. The throughput of thisscheduled process is one plate each 13 minutes. This allows us toprocess 50-60 plates each day.

Overview of Automated Scheduled Process

The steps presented represent the processing of a single experiment. Thescheduler system takes care of interlacing multiple assays in order tooptimize throughout.

An overview of the automated scheduled process is depicted in FIG. 86.

The Following Examples are in Connection with the G-Protein CoupledReceptor:

Octopamine receptors can modulate their action through cyclic AMPproduction or intracellular calcium release, dependent on the receptorisoform. Although 0a2 endogenously signals though cAMP, we were able toforce coupling to calcium via transfection of the receptor into a cellline expressing the promiscuous G-alpha-16-protein, which leads tocalcium release upon its activation. The calcium release is measurableby fluorescent calcium sensing dyes (in this case Fluo-4). (FIG. 55A)

Cell Biology Cell Line Construction

The OctR-pcDNA3.1(+)_zeo expression vector was created. This constructwas used as a template for the creation of the fluorescently taggedpcDNA3.1-OctR-GFP plasmid. The pAcGFP sequence was inserted into theuntagged OctR expression vector using a mega-primer strategy. The firststep of this strategy was to use PCR to generate a gene fragment fromthe pAcGFP-N1-Asc1 plasmid, using primers specific for the pAcGFP vectorwith an additional overhang of approximately 20 base pairs specific tothe OctR-pcDNA3.1 vector.

The primers used in this step were 6919-For (5′ctgcatcccctgtacaccaacggcgcgcccatggtgagcaag 3′) and 6919-Rev2 (5′ggatatctgcagaattcgcccttcacttgtacagctcatccatgc 3′). This 771 base-pairgene fragment was then purified from an agarose gel, concentrationdetermined, and 125 ng of the purified PCR product was used as amega-primer for a second PCR reaction, using the OctR-pcDNA3.1(+)_neoexpression vector as the template and the QuickChange XL site-directedmutagenesis kit protocol. This PCR reaction generatedpcDNA3.1-OctR-pAcGFP, which is the CG6919 dmOa2 octopamine receptorsequence with the AcGFP sequence attached to the C-terminus of the gene.The coding region of the construct was sequenced to confirmdouble-stranded sequence integrity. (FIG. 55B)

Transient Expression in Mammalian CHO Cells Coexpressing G□16

The untagged and GFP-tagged versions of OctR, which natively couples tocAMP, were transiently expressed in CHO cells stably expressing theG-alpha-16 promiscuous G protein, which signals through calcium. Thisallowed activation of the receptor to be measured by calcium-sensingfluorescent dyes.

In FIG. 55A, various amounts of untagged OctR-pcDNA3.1 DNA weretransfected into CHO cells (6-well dish, 300,000 cells/well) and testedfor function at 48 hours using Fluo-4 dye on the Discovery microscope.The graph shown below represents an average of all single-cell readingsfrom cells expressing the cyan vector. It is assumed that the majorityof cells expressing the cyan vector also express OctR. This experimentdemonstrated that the OctR-pcDNA3.1 expression vector is fullyfunctional, that the OctR receptor will couple to G-alpha16, and that alarge assay window exists above control-transfected cells upon additionof a maximal dose of octopamine. In addition, it demonstrated that OctRis not toxic to the CHO cells, and increasing amounts of DNA yieldgreater expression and greater signals.

In FIG. 55B, a similar experiment is shown with the GFP-tagged OctRexpression vector. Once again, the experiment demonstrates that theconstruct is fully functional and that the assay is capable of measuringcalcium release specifically in response to stimulation with octopamine.FIG. 55C shows that the octopamine receptor is also activated bytyramine. Dose curves and competition studies were not performed, butpreliminary data and published reports suggest that tyramine is onlyslightly less efficacious on the OctR than octopamine and has similarpotency.

FIG. 55. Calcium-sensing Fluo-4 fluorescent dye response to octopamineor tyramine stimulation in CHO cells stably expressing G-alpha-16 andtransiently expressing increasing amounts of untagged or GFP-taggedOctR-pcDNA3.1. Cells co-transfected with pAmCyan vector as a marker oftransfected cells were stimulated with a maximal dose of octopamine orsub-maximal dose of tyramine. Well averages of single-cell responsemeasured on the Discovery microscope are graphed above.

Stable Line Generation in Mammalian CHO Cells Coexpressing G-Alpha-16

A line of CHO cells stably co-expressing the pcDNA3(+)-OctR-AcGFP andG-alpha-16 was created. CHO cells stably expressing the G(16 construct(passage 20) were transiently transfected with 1.5 ug ofpcDNA3(+)-OctR-AcGFP, the optimal amount of DNA as determined in FIG.55. Forty-eight hours after transfection, the cells (already maintainedunder 4 ug/ml hygromycin selection) were put under zeocin selection (300ug/ml). Cells were grown and passaged under selection for three weeks,then single-cell flow cytometry sorting by fluorescence was completed atDuke University to create monoclonal stable cell lines. FIG. 56 shows anexperiment completed just prior to cell-sorting, demonstrating thatabout 10% of the stable pool population responded to octopamine. At thetime of sorting, the G-alpha-16 CHO line was at passage 22.

FIG. 56. Following three weeks of zeocin selection, a stable pool ofzeocin-resistant CHO— G-alpha-16 cells exists. Approximately 10% of thestable pool responded to octopamine at measurable levels. This pool wassubsequently sorted into single-cell monoclonal colonies.

Monoclonal colonies were visually assessed for the expression of greenfluorescent protein, and therefore by assumption, the fused OctRreceptor. Colonies positive for green fluorescent protein expressionwere expanded and tested for response to octopamine.

Approximately 30 monoclonal lines positive for green fluorescent proteinexpression were tested for response to octopamine on the FLIPR Tetra(FIG. 57). All clones were stimulated by UTP as the positive control anda measure of the maximal calcium response, two doses of octopamine, andby buffer for negative control. Cells were seeded at a density of 20,000cells/well. Of the approximately 30 lines, only 2 clonal lines (#13 and#30) demonstrated a measurable response to octopamine (FIG. 58). Thesetwo lines were selected for further testing.

FIG. 57. Screening of all GFP-positive monoclonal cell lines forresponse to octopamine. All lines responded to the positive control (10μM UTP) and no response to the negative control (buffer addition), butonly clones #13 and #30 had a measurable response to a maximal dose ofoctopamine

FIG. 58. Response of clones #13 and #30 on FLIPR Tetra. On each graph,top two lines are in response to maximal dose of UTP, followed indescending order by 10 uM octopamine, 50 nM octopamine, and buffercontrol.

Stable Lines #13 and #30 Show Best Response to Octopamine

After evaluation of approximately 30 GFP-positive monoclonal lines,clone #13 and #30 were selected for further analysis due to theirmeasurable response to octopamine. The uniformity of each of theseclonal lines was tested, by assessing single-cell response tooctopamine. Clone #13 was assessed using Fura-2 fluorescent dye on thecalcium imaging system, and Clone #30 was examined using Fluo-4fluorescent dye on the Discovery microscope. FIG. 59 shows the resultsof these tests. Both clones appear to be comprised completely of cellsexpressing the OctR, as shown by their response to octopamine. However,a noticeable delineation exists between strong responders and weakresponders. This may be due to a difference in receptor expression or inG□16 levels of expression from cell to cell. These experiments wereperformed following passage 7 after flow-sorting into monoclonal lines.

FIG. 59. Single-cell response to octopamine for clones #13 and #30.Clone #13 (A) was assessed by Fura-2 fluorescent dye on the calciumimaging system, and Clone #30 (B) was assessed by Fluo-4 fluorescent dyeon the Discovery microscope.

Do to a shrinking of the signal over time in the FLIPR, furthersubcloning of both lines #13 and #30 were conducted. Single-cell flowcytometry sorting by fluorescence was completed at Duke University tocreate further subcloned monoclonal stable cell lines coexpressing theOctR-GFP and G(16. Single cells with medium or high expression of greenfluorescent protein (and by assumption the fused OctR) were sorted into96-well dishes and put under selection of hygromycin and zeocin.

Stable Cell Line Generation and Clone Selection

Over 50 subclones from the original #30 clonal line were evaluated onthe FLIPR for several weeks looking for a maximum octopamine responseabove baseline. Clone 55 was chosen to move forward into assaydevelopment based on a good dynamic range in the FLIPR (FIG. 60: OCTRclone 55 selection) and over 82% homogeneity in the Discovery microscope(FIG. 61: Homogeneity of OCTR clone 55).

FIG. 60. OCTR clone 55 selection. OCTR clones were plated at 20K/wellinto black 96-well plates and assayed the next day. Culture medium wasremoved and cells were loaded with 50 ul of 2 μM Fluo-4 with probenecidper well for 1 hour at 25° C. Dye was removed and 50 μl of buffer withprobenecid added. A single addition was performed in the Tetra. 50 μL ofbuffer or (2×) 200 μM Octopamine was added to cells while 10 μM UTP wasused as a control for maximum intracellular calcium signal.

FIG. 61. Homogeneity of OCTR clone 55. OCTR cells were plated at 6K/wellinto a black 96-well plate and assayed the next day. Culture medium wasremoved and cells loaded with 50 ul Fluo-4 per well for 1 hour at 25° C.Dye was removed and 541 of buffer with probenecid added. 50 μl of 10 μMOctopamine or buffer was added and signal was recorded using theDiscovery microscope. Well averages of single-cell response measured onthe Discovery microscope are graphed above.

Pharmacology

Clone 55 was assessed for correct pharmacology and compared to publishedresults based on a cAMP readout. As shown in FIGS. 62A&B, the agonistsand antagonists showed the same rank order of potency as the publisheddata, where in the case of the agonists,naphazoline>octopamine>amitraz>clonidine>tolazoline (Evans P, et al.2005. Invertebrate Neuroscience 5: 111-118). In FIG. 62C, these samecompounds had no effect on the parental cell line, showing thespecificity of the ligands to the octopamine receptor.

FIG. 62. Cells were plated at 10K/well in 384 well plates and allowed toincubate overnight at 370 C. The cells were assayed 18-24 hours afterseeding. Media was removed and cells were dye loaded for 60 minutes with2 μM Fluo-4. After 1 hour, dye was removed and 20 μl of buffer added tothe plate and placed into FLIPR. The 1st addition was antagonist doseresponse curves and the 2nd addition was agonist dose response curves.Antagonists were challenged with 100 nM Octopamine. In addition, thesecompounds were tested in the parental cell line CHO-′ Galpha16.

Assay Development HTS Screening Strategy

This assay uses two fluid additions to permit the detection ofactivators and inhibitors in a single experiment. In screening, testcompounds will be added in the first addition and allowed to incubatefor three minutes. The activator octopamine will then be introduced inthe second addition at an EC80 concentration and the fluorescence readfor two minutes. Controls will be run for both additions. An increase influorescence above baseline in the first addition will indicate apossible activator and a reduced response or no increase in the secondaddition may indicate a possible inhibitor. FIG. 55C

Basic Test Protocol

Cells were plated at 10,000 cells/well in 50 μl into 384-well black TCplates and allowed to incubate overnight at 37° C./5% CO2. The cellswere assayed 18-24 hours after seeding. Culture medium was removed byflicking and cells were dye loaded for 60 minutes with 20 ul of 2 μMFluo-4 in assay buffer plus probenecid at 25° C. After one hour dye wasremoved by flicking and 20 μL of assay buffer was added, wait 5 minprior to placing into the FLIPR and run using a two-addition protocol.The first addition (20 ul, 2×) was 0.5% DMSO final in assay buffer. Thesecond addition (20 ul, 3×) was either assay buffer or 100 nM octopaminefinal.

Cell Plating Method

Experiments were conducted to examine manual vs. multidrop dispensing ofcells into assay plates (data not shown). The data showed that themultidrop plating was more reproducible than hand plating. There are twocritical points to remember when plating cells with the multidrop:

-   -   1. Cells need to stay in suspension during cell plating. We use        a rotating plate or a rotomixer with a holder attached, where we        can place a 500 ml conical bottom tube containing the cells.    -   2. Do not leave the cells sitting in multidrop tubing between        plates. The cells will settle in the tubing, which will result        in streaking patterns in the data. If the cells sit, you will        need to empty the tubing and reprime.

DMSO Tolerance Study

Full octopamine dose response curves were performed in the 1st and 2ndadditions to test the sensitivity of this assay to varyingconcentrations of DMSO. As shown in FIG. 63A, there was a significantshift in the EC50 for octopamine at 2% DMSO (final). For the 2ndaddition (FIG. 63B), final DMSO concentrations greater than 0.67% showeda significant shift in the EC50. For this assay, we will be using finalconcentrations of 0.5% DMSO in the 1st addition and 0.33% in the secondaddition, which will have a minimal effect on the octopamine EC50.

FIG. 63: Octopamine EC50 curves in different DMSO concentrations in 1stand 2nd additions. OctR cells were plated at 10K cells/well and assayedthe following day. Culture medium was removed and cells loaded with 20ul of 2 μM Fluo-4 plus probenecid per well for 1 hour at 25° C. Afterone hour, dye was removed and 200 of buffer plus probenecid was added toplate and placed in Tetra. A two-addition protocol was used. The firstaddition (2×) was either 20 ul indicated % DMSO+octopamine DRC (FIG.63A) or 20 ul indicated % DMSO in assay buffer (FIG. 63B) then read for180 sec. The second addition, for FIG. 63B, was (2×) 200 of octopamineDRC and read for an additional 180 sec. Statistics were calculated usingthe maximum of reads 20-180 (1st addition) and the maximum of reads200-360 (2nd addition).

Cell Density Optimization

Plating densities at 7K, 10K, and 14K per well were examined forvariability and Z′ statistics and data are shown in FIG. 64. Alldensities tested performed resulted in excellent Z′ statistics. It wasdecided to move forward with 10K/well based on the low variability andcost reduction.

FIG. 64: Cell density optimization. FLIPR data showing maximum andminimum statistics for full plates at the indicated densities withresulting CV and Z′ statistics. Platings below 4K cells/well did notyield a confluent monolayer the next day and were not tested. OCTR cellswere plated by-hand at the appropriate densities and assayed thefollowing day. Culture medium was removed and cells loaded with 20ul/well of 2 μM Fluo-4 plus probenecid and incubated for 1 hour at 25°C. After one hour, dye was removed and 20 μl/well of buffer plusprobenecid was added and placed in Tetra. A two-addition protocol wasused. The first addition (2×) was 20 ul 1% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5%[final]) read for 180 sec, and the second (3×) was 20 ul 300 nM

Octopamine in assay buffer (100 nM [final]) read for an additional 180sec. The statistics were calculated using the maximum of reads 20-180(minimum response) and the maximum of reads 200-360 (maximum response).

Dye Concentration

An experiment comparing the response of cells loaded for one hour with 1μM, 2 μM and 4 μM Fluo-4 dye (Notebook 1052125 #1 p. 102) is shown inFIG. 65. All concentrations of Fluo-4 tested resulted in acceptablewindow size and Z′ statistics. It was decided to move forward with 2 μMFluo-4 based on the good dynamic range and significant cost reduction.

FIG. 65: Dye concentration. Maximum statistics showing the effect of dyeconcentration on window size. OCTR cells were plated at 10K cells/welland assayed the following day. Culture medium was removed and cellsloaded with 20 ul of 1 μM, 2 μM or 4 μM Fluo-4 per well for 1 hour at25° C. After one hour, dye was removed and 20 μl of buffer was added toplate and placed in Tetra. A two-addition protocol was used. The firstaddition (2×) was 20 ul 1% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for180 sec, and the second (3×) was 20 ul 300 nM octopamine in assay buffer(100 nM [final]) read for an additional 180 sec. The statistics werecalculated using the maximum of reads 20-180 (minimum response) and themaximum of reads 200-360 (maximum response). (not shown Z′ for 1 μMFluo-4=0.73, 2 μM=0.70, and 4 μM=0.80)

Dye Loading Time

The effect of dye loading time on variability and Z′ statistics wasexamined in FIG. 66. In addition, we compared MDC tips versus AxygenTetra tips. The results showed that dye loading times between 1.0 and3.0 hours had no significant effect on EC50, window sizes or, as aconsequence, Z′ statistics. There was no difference between the MDC orthe Axygen tips.

FIG. 66: Dye loading time. OctR cells were loaded for 1 hr, 2 hr and 3hrs to determine if there would be a shift in the octopamine EC50 withincreasing dye loading time. In addition, we compared MDC tips withAxygen tips over the same amount of time. OctR cells were plated at 10Kcells/well and assayed the following day. Culture medium was removed andcells loaded with 20 ul of 2 μM Fluo-4/probenecid per well at 25° C.After one two, and three hours, dye was removed and 20 μl of buffer wasadded to plate and placed in Tetra. A two-addition protocol was used.The first addition (2×) was 20 ul DMSO (0.5% final) in assay buffer readfor 180 sec, and the second (3×) was 20 μl of octopamine at given dosein assay buffer read for an additional 180 sec. Statistics werecalculated using the maximum of reads 20-180 (minimum response) and themaximum of reads 200-360(maximum response).

Dye Loading Temperature

The OctR cells loaded well at room temperature; so 37° C. was notexamined.

Assay Buffer pH Optimization

Standard HBSS buffer at pH 7.4 was used throughout assay development.

Stability of Assay Buffer

Assay buffer stored at 4° C. was tested out to one week (data not shown)with no significant difference in performance.

Stability of Octopamine

Octopamine was tested comparing freshly diluted versus a 24-hoursolution (data not shown). The response obtained with the 24-hoursolution stored at room temperature was identical to that of the freshlydiluted solution. We have repeatedly freeze-thawed 4° C. DMSO stocks of10 mM octopamine with no reduction in activity.

Pipette Washing and Octopamine Carryover Assessment

In order to reduce the cost of the screen, tip washing experiments wereperformed to evaluate the ability to remove octopamine from the tips, sothat the tips could be used multiple times. Octopamine is extremelysticky and is easily carried over on the tips to the next plate. Thefollowing DMSO wash protocol was evaluated:

4 cycles times 2 strokes @ 28 μL, in 2.5% DMSO

Mix 10 strokes @ 25 μL in 100% DMSO

1 cycle times 2 strokes @ 28 μL in 2.5% DMSO

1 cycle times 2 strokes @ 28 μL in water

Based on the data shown in FIGS. 67A and B, the DMSO wash protocol didnot eliminate octopamine from the tips and resulted in significantcarryover into the 2nd plate (FIG. 67B). In addition, it should be notedthat the length of the assay increased to over 11 minutes, whichsignificantly impacted the number of plates that could be run per day(Notebook 1052125 #1 p124). Acetone was also tested once and worked verywell to eliminate carryover (data not shown), but due to the low flashpoint, it would be a safety hazard to use acetone in the Tetrainstrument. For this screen, tips will be changed in between plates.

FIG. 67: Tip washing assessment. FLIPR data showing maximum and minimumstatistics for full plates with resulting CV and Z′ statistics. OCTRcells were plated at 10K/well and assayed the following day. Culturemedium was removed and cells loaded with 20 ul of 2 μM Fluo-4 plusprobenecid per well for 1 hour at 25° C. After one hour, dye was removedand 20 μl of buffer plus probenecid was added to plate and placed inTetra. A two-addition wash protocol was used. The first addition (2×)was 20 ul 1% DMSO in assay buffer (0.5% [final]) read for 180 sec, andthe second (3×) was 20 ul 300 nM Octopamine in assay buffer (100 nM[final]) read for an additional 180 sec. The statistics were calculatedusing the maximum of reads 20-180 (minimum response) and the maximum ofreads 200-360 (maximum response).

3-Day Variability Assessment

Three independent assays were performed on three different days tovalidate the appropriate concentrations of agonist (octopamine) orantagonist (mianserin) to be used during screening, and to validate theinter and intra plate variability of the assay. On each day, duplicateplates were run for each condition. The assay protocol was as follows:OctR cells were plated at 10K/well in 50 ul media and incubated at 370C/5% CO2 for 18-24 hours prior to running in the Tetra. On the day ofthe assay, cells were dye loaded with 2 μl Fluo-4 for 1 hour at 250 C,dye removed, 20 μl buffer added to the plate, incubated at RT for 5minutes, then run in the Tetra.

For the 3-day variability assessment, the following concentrations ofagonist and antagonist were used:

100% Agonist=100 nM (day 1) and 1 uM (day 2 and 3)

80% Agonist=40 nM (day 1) and 100 nM (day 2 and 3)

50% Agonist=5 nM (all days)

50% Antagonist=40 nM (all days)

Time Cuts:

Read 1=20-180 max stat

Read 2=200-360 max stat

-   -   1) Buffer+50% agonist+100% agonist. The following scatter plots        show 3 days of duplicate plates in order to validate the ability        of the assay to identify agonists. The 50% dose of octopamine        was achieved on days 2 and 3    -   2) Buffer+80% agonist+100% agonist. The following scatter plots        show 3 days of duplicate plates in order to validate the 80%        dose of octopamine, which will be used in the 2nd addition. As        shown, the 80% dose was achieved on all three days.    -   3) Buffer+50% antagonist+80% agonist. The following scatter        plots show 3 days of duplicate plates in order to validate the        ability of the assay to identify antagonists. Unfortunately, the        incorrect dose of mianserin was used for all three days;        however, the correct dose was achieved during the twenty-plate        DMSO test run (FIG. 69B).

3-Day Agonist and Antagonist Dose Response Curves

Octopamine and mianserin dose response curves were run on three separatedays to analyze EC50 shifts through time. The data in FIGS. 68A and Bshow that the EC50 for octopamine and the IC50 for mianserin were veryreproducible over three days.

FIG. 68. OCTR cells were plated at 10K/well and assayed the followingday. Culture medium was removed and cells loaded with 20 ul of 2 μMFluo-4 plus probenecid per well for 1 hour at 25° C. After one hour, dyewas removed and 20 μl of buffer plus probenecid was added to plate andplaced in Tetra. A two-addition wash protocol was used. The firstaddition (2×) was 20 ul DMSO or mianserin at given dose in assay bufferread for 180 sec, and the second (3×) was 20 μl of octopamine at givendose (FIG. 55A) or 100 nM final octopamine (FIG. 55B) and read for anadditional 180 sec. Statistics were calculated using the maximum ofreads 20-180 (minimum response) and the maximum of reads 200-360(maximumresponse).

20-Plate DMSO Test Run

A 20 plate DMSO test run was performed in order to test the following:

Compound dilution scheme (page 30)

Reagent preparation volumes for 20-plate run (SOP page 30-31)

Dynamics of running: timing, equipment issues etc.

Table 5 shows the Z′ for all 20 plates. All plates have acceptable Z′,except for plate 6, which had a multidrop pipetting error that resultedin variable volumes of liquid being added across the plate. Plate 2 hadone control well in the 1st addition (activation) that was low. Removingthat point from the calculation resulted in the Z′ activation=0.60.

TABLE 5 Plate z′ Activation z′ Inhibition Plate01 0.60 0.79 Plate02 0.470.65 Plate03 0.60 0.59 Plate04 0.64 0.81 Plate05 0.59 0.72 Plate06 0.200.29 Plate07 0.70 0.78 Plate08 0.66 0.76 Plate09 0.65 0.68 Plate10 0.680.69 Plate11 0.57 0.70 Plate12 0.64 0.74 Plate13 0.61 0.72 Plate14 0.710.76 Plate15 0.63 0.74 Plate16 0.63 0.74 Plate17 0.64 0.76 Plate18 0.600.73 Plate19 0.66 0.78 Plate20 0.53 0.78

FIG. 69 left panel is a scatter plot of plate #7, showing the controlsand test wells for the agonist portion of the screen. The green squaresare the 100% (1 μM) octopamine controls, the blue squares are the 0% orbuffer controls, and the black diamonds are the test samples, in thiscase 0.5% final DMSO.

FIG. 69 right panel is a scatter plot of plate #7, showing the controlsand test wells for the antagonist portion of the screen. The greensquares are the 80% (100 nM) octopamine controls, the blue squares arethe 0% or buffer controls, and the black diamonds are the test samples,in this case 100 nM octpamine+0.33% final DMSO. The black diamonds withlarger values than the green squares are a 100% dose of octopamine (1μM). These wells are not used in data calculation, but are included inthe assay to validate the 80% dose of octopamine. The black diamondswith lower values than the green squares are the 100% controls from the1st addition that have decreased over time. They are not included in anydata calculations. The red squared are the 50% antagonist control (267nM mianserin) and are included to ensure that the cells, are respondingproperly.

Data Calculations

The % activation and % inhibition were calculated by the followingformulas:

% Activation=((Test sample−ave 0% act)/(ave 100% act−ave 0% act))×100%

% Inhibition=((Test sample−ave 0% inhib)/(ave 80% inhib−ave 0%inhib))×100

The Z′ statistic for activation were calculated using the followingformula:

1−((3×ave. STDEV min+3×ave STDEV max)/(abs ave 100%−ave 0%))

-   -   where min=0% activation and Max=100% activation

The Z′ statistic for activation were calculated using the followingformula:

1−((3×ave. STDEV min+3×ave STDEV max)/(abs ave 80%−ave 0%))

-   -   where min=0% activation and Max=80% activation

HTS SOP

Vendor Catalog # Base media type Ham's F12 Mediatech 010-080-cv FBSHyclone Sh30071.02 trypsin-EDTA(high Conc.) Mediatech 15400-054hygromycin (per 50 ml bottle) Calbiochem 400052 zeocin (per 1 g-10 ml-8tubes/box) Invitrogen 46-0509 Pen/Strep (P/S/antimycotic) Mediatechbw17602e PBS Mediatech bw17512q Consumables (Plastics) Tissue CultureTreated Flasks (T175) Nunc 159910 Plates (black/clear, 384 well) bdfalcon 353962 compound plates NUNC 264573 Tetra tips axygen

1) Materials Assay Buffer (HBSS):

-   -   20 mM Hepes; 11.1 mM Glucose; 1.8 mM CaCl2; 1 mM MgCl2; 125 mM        NaCl; 2.5 mM KCl; 5 mM Probenecid; pH to 7.4 Osm 290

To make 1 L of HBSS, add 20 mls of 1M Hepes, 11.1 mls of 1M glucose, 1.8mls of 1M CaCl2, 31.25 mls of 4M NaCl, 1 ml of 1M MgCl2 and 0.83 mls of3M KCl to 935 mls of dH20. pH to 7.4 with NaOH. Store at 4° C.

Probenecid:

-   -   MW=285.4; ICN Biomedical (156370)    -   Add 14.2 grams of powder to 100 mls of 1M NaOH=500 mM    -   Add 10 ml of 500 mM stock to 1 L of HBSS and pH to 7.4 with HCL.        Store at RT.

Fluo-4AM:

MW=1096.95; Molecular Probes (F-14202)

Add 912 μl of 100% DMSO to 1 mg vial=1 mM stock

20% Pluronic F-127:

MW˜12500; Invitrogen (P3000MP)

20% solution in DMSO

Octopamine:

MW=189.64; Sigma (0-0250)

-   -   10 mM stock prepared in 100% DMSO

Mianserin:

MW=300.8; Sigma (M-2525)

-   -   10 mM stock prepared in 100% DMSO

2) Cell Culture A) Cell Culture Protocol

This assay uses one cell line: OCTR clone 55

Complete culture medium: Prepared in biosafety cabinet/laminar flowhood.

1. 500 ml of Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium/Ham's Nutrient MixtureF-12.

2. Add 50 ml fetal bovine serum.

3. Add 5 ml penicillin-streptomycin solution.

4. Add 2.2 ml Hygromycin

5. Add 1.5 ml Zeocin

6. Sterile filter through 0.2 um filter and store at 4° C.

Thawing frozen cells: It is best at first to thaw cells early in the dayon Monday so that the cell growth can be monitored and numbers adjustedduring the week. The cell numbers listed below can only be consideredrough guides as the cells may grow at a different rate in your culturemedium.

1. Remove a vial from liquid nitrogen storage and rapidly thaw the cellsby immediately placing it in a 37° C. water bath and applying gentleagitation. Keep the O-ring and cap out of the water to reduce thepossibility of contamination.

2. When the contents are nearly thawed, remove the vial from water bath,mix by inverting, and decontaminate by spraying with 70% ethanol. Alloperations from this point on are carried out under aseptic conditions.

3. Transfer the 1 ml of thawed cell suspension into a 50 ml conicalbottom centrifuge tube containing 30 ml of complete medium.

4. Centrifuge the cells for 5-7 minutes at 150 g.

5. After centrifugation, remove medium by aspiration and resuspend thepellet in 5 ml of complete medium.

6. Transfer the 5 ml of resuspended cells into a 225 cm2 flaskcontaining 25 ml of complete medium.

7. Inspect the culture flask the following morning and split forexpansion or replace medium for further growth.

B) Subculture of Cells/Harvest Protocol

1. Remove flasks from incubator.

2. Aseptically aspirate old media from the flask in the hood.

3. Add 5-10 ml PBS per flask.

4. Rinse flask with the PBS briefly

5. Aspirate PBS

6. Add 3-5 ml RT trypsin

7. Wash trypsin over cells briefly.

8. Aspirate trypsin.

9. Allow cells to detach for 3 minutes and tap flask to loosen cells.

10. Add 8 ml media to the flask.

11. Pipette several times to break up any clumps and to wash cells fromthe bottom of the flask. Stand flask on end while next steps arecompleted.

12. If harvesting multiple flasks, then combine cells from all flasksinto one flask and mix thoroughly.

13. Remove 20 ul cell suspension from the flask and place into a tubefor counting.

14. Proceed to step C below.

C) Performing Cell and Viability Counts/Seeding of Flasks and Plates:

1. After harvesting cells, prepare cells for counting by diluting intrypan blue and PBS at a 1:1 dilution: 20 μl cell suspension+20 μl of0.4% trypan blue solution

NOTE: Trypan blue is available as a 0.4% solution and is used at aworking concentration of 0.02%-0.04%, but works well at 0.2%. Afterbeing stained with trypan blue, the cells are counted within 3 minutes;after that time viable cells will begin to take up the dye.

2. Using a pipette, withdraw a small amount of the stained cellsuspension and place the tip of the pipette onto the slot of a cleanhemacytometer with the coverslip. The cell suspension will pass underthe coverslip by capillary action. Fill the opposite chamber. Do notoverfill. The cell distribution should be homogeneous in both chambers.

3. Place the hemacytometer on the stage of microscope and view one ofthe four large corner squares ruled by three lines. Viable cells will beslightly opalescent, round and pale with a darker outline. Nonviablecells will be dark, opaque blue.

4. Count the viable cells in the four squares. Count the cells thatoverlap outside borders of squares but not those overlapping insideborders. Calculate the average number of viable cells per square (totalviable cells in the four squares, divided by four).

5. Record the cell counts from both chambers: If the counts differ bymore than 20%, prepare a third sample to verify the count.

6. The viable cell number is calculated using the formula:

Viable cell number/ml=average number of viable cells×104×dilution factor

% viability=number of viable cell counted/total number of cells×100

For seeding flasks, calculate the cells/ml of suspension and volume ofcells needed.

For example,

-   -   Seed 10 flasks at 8.5e6 cells/flask using a cell suspension at        2.5e6cells/ml    -   Pipette 25 ml of complete media into each flask.    -   Calculate the volume of cell suspension that needs to be added        to each flask.    -   8.5e6/2.5e6=3.4 ml of cells added to each flask.    -   Pipette the cells into each flask.    -   Rock flasks gently to evenly coat the flask with cells and        media.    -   Place flasks into 370 C/5% CO2 incubator.    -   The following table shows the seeding schedule and densities for        T175 flasks.

Cell Culture Schedule for 20 plates/day 4 days/week # of vessels Mon.Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. available 13 13 13 13 0 # of flasks need forplating to make 27 0 0 0 20 # of flasks need more vessels total 40 13 1313 20 Total # of flasks Splitting schedule overnight 10e6 c/f Cells needto be refed on second day ie. 2 days 8.5e6 c/f RF Th 3 days 5e6 c/f 4days 2-2.5e6 c/f

For seeding plates, calculate the number of cells per plate needed.

For example,

-   -   Seed 20 plates at 10K cells/well using a cell suspension at        2.5e6cells/ml    -   Calculate the volume of cell suspension you will need.    -   10,000cells/well×384 wells/plates=3.84e6 cells/plate    -   3.84e6 cells/plate×23 plates=8.832e7 cells total    -   (Note: 23 plates is used in the calculation so that there is a        dead volume for the multidrop)    -   8.83e7 cells total/2.5e6cells/ml=35.3 ml of cell suspension    -   Calculate the total volume that you will add the cells        suspension to:    -   50 μl/well×384 wells/plates=19.2 ml/plate    -   19.2 ml/plate×23 plates=442 ml total    -   To the 35.3 ml cell suspension, add 406.3 ml media.    -   Mix thoroughly and take a sample to count.    -   The cell count should be 5e5cells/ml or 2.5e4cells/50 μl    -   Use the multidrop to dispense cells into the plates:        -   Put multidrop head into the dispenser        -   Flush the head with 50 ml 70% EtOH        -   Flush with 70 ml sterile PBS        -   Place the cell suspension in a 500 ml conical bottom tube on            the rotomix table and place the multidrop tubing into the            cell suspension.        -   Prime the head with the cell suspension.        -   Dispense 50 μl/well into each plate. Make certain to keep            the cells in suspension while dispensing and that the cells            do not sit in the tubing. Both will result in patterns in            the data.        -   Leave plates in a single layer at room temperature for at            least 30 minutes, prior to placing into 370 C/5% CO2            incubator.        -   Make certain that plates are in a single layer in the            incubator.        -   Clean multidrop tubing by flushing with 70 ml of 70% EtOH            followed by 70 ml of dH2O.

3) HTS 20 Plate Screening Assay

A) One day prior to assay:

-   -   Harvest cells from flasks. Seed 20×384-well plates at 10        Kcells/well/50 μl per well. Leave plates at RT for at least 30        min to reduce edge effects (see page 29 for details).    -   Incubate at 37(C/5% CO2 overnight (16-24 hours, stacking no more        than 1 plate high).

B) Day of the Assay:

1. Prepare Tripos Read 1:

-   -   Place the 45 μL 2 mM stock plate into source position #1 on        Tetra    -   Place a new 384-well plate with 45 μl of HBSS (no DMSO) in        columns 3-22 in source position #2    -   Place a new 384-well plate with 90 μl of HBSS (no DMSO) in        columns 3-22 in read position    -   Run Tripos compound dilution control file    -   The Tripos compound dilution control file is depicted in FIG.        87.

Or,

1. Prepare Divpick Read 1:

-   -   Using multidrop, add 45 μl of HBSS to stock plate containing 5        μl of compound for a final stock of 200 μM.    -   Place the 50 μL 200 μM stock plate into source position #2 in        Tetra    -   Place a new 384-well plate with 90 μl of HBSS (no DMSO) in        columns 3-22 in read position    -   Run Divpick compound dilution control file

The Divpick compound dilution control file is depicted in FIG. 88.

2. Prepare Read Plate 1 Controls.

-   -   Make up HBSS 1% DMSO buffer by adding 750 μl of 100% DMSO to 75        mls of HBSS. Add 60 μl to appropriate wells according to READ 1        plate map below.    -   Make up 100% Octopamine by adding 5 μL of 10 mM stock to 25 ml        of HBSS for a 2 μM (2×) concentration. Add 60 μl to appropriate        wells according to READ 1 plate map below.    -   Make up 50% Mianserin by adding 50 μL of 100 μM stock to 6.25 ml        of HBSS for a 800 nM (2×) concentration. Add 60 μl to        appropriate wells according to READ 1 plate map below.

The Read 1 plate map is depicted in FIG. 89.

3. Prepare Read 2 plates

-   -   Make up 80% octopamine by adding 165 μL of 1 mM stock to 550 ml        of HBSS for a 300 nM (3×) concentration. Add 60 μls to        appropriate wells according to READ 2 plate map below.    -   Make up 100% octopamine by adding 37.5 μL of 1 mM stock to 12.5        ml of HBSS for a 3 μM (3×) concentration. Add 60 μls to        appropriate wells according to READ 2 plate map below.    -   Add 60 μLs of HBSS (no DMSO) to appropriate wells according to        READ 2 plate map below.

The Read 2 plate map is depicted in FIG. 90.

4. Dye Load

-   -   Prepare dye by adding 0.5 ml of 1 mM Fluo-4 together with 0.5 ml        of 20% pluronic into a tube, mix, then add mixture into 250 mls        of HBSS/probenecid.    -   Remove media from cell plates by flicking plates into sink        containing Clorox, tap gently on kimwipes to remove excess, and        add 20 μl/well of dye using multidrop.    -   Place in RT incubator for 60 min.

5. Run the Assay

-   -   Remove dye from cell plate by flicking into sink containing        bleach; tap gently on Kimwipes to remove excess dye.    -   Add 20 μl of HBSS using multidrop to cell plate; place in read        position in FLIPR and wait 5 minutes prior to running in FLIPR.        (***Failure to wait 5 minutes will increase the variability in        the plate)    -   Place Read 1 compound plate into source #1    -   Place Read 2 compound plate into source #2    -   Run protocol: OCTR HTS screen on Tetra    -   FLIPR read settings:    -   1st addition=180 reads at 1 sec interval with 20 μl addition        after 10 baseline reads    -   2nd addition=120 reads at 1 sec interval with 20 μl addition        after 10 baseline reads

7. Data Export

After 20 plates have been run, manually batch export maximum statisticsfrom read 1-180 as stat1 and reads 200-300 as stat2. These statisticsare then copied into an excel spreadsheet to calculate the percentcontrol for inhibition and activation.

A screenshot of the Batch Export statistics interface is depicted inFIG. 91.

The Following Examples are in Connection with the SK-Channel:1.

The potassium channel is responsible for the survival of Dm. Intransient RNAi experiments it was demonstrated that reduced viabilityand lethality effects are induced in Dm. In comparison to buffer controlas-well-as injection of a known nonlethal RNAi, RNAi produced from SEQID NO: 227, shows measurable reduced viability in Dm.

Construct injected eggs developing eggs larvae hatched dev E to L ratePupae L to P rate Adults P to A rate survival devE to A Buffer only 8271 50 70.42% 40 80.00% 37 92.50% 52.11% Nonlethal Control 99 92 7985.87% 74 93.67% 63 85.14% 68.48% Seq No: 1 RNAi 87 74 50 67.57% 3366.00% 31 93.94% 41.89% Lethal Control 82 72 28 38.89% 13 46.43% 1184.62% 15.28%

2. Expression of Drosophila SK Gene in CHO Cells

Gene name small conductance calcium-activated potassium channel

Synonyms CG10706 Species Drosophila melanogaster Final clone namepCRII-SK2 + 4D (coding sequence only) FIG. 70 Base vectorpCRII-TOPO (Invitrogen) Primers Forward: (SEQ ID NO: 233)SK 5′1 5′ATGAAAACACCTTCCATTGC 3′ Reverse: (SEQ ID NO: 224)SK 3′2 5′TCAGCTGCCGTATTTGTTGG 3′

Cloning Strategy:

Coding sequence from mixed fs-cDNA (head and 2nd instar) was PCRamplified using the above primers, and cloned into pCRII-TOPO vector. 2independent clones were chosen for sequencing, 2 and 4D, and a perfectsequence was created by subcloning the AvrI/NdeI 498 bp fragment from 2into the AvrI/NdeI 5233 bp vector fragment of 4D.

Expression Construct

pTriEx3 Neo SK was created by ligating the 1.8 kb EcoRV/BamHI fragmentfrom pCRII-SK2+4D to the EcoRV and BamHI sites of pTriEx3-Neo. Theresulting construct contains the SK CDS downstream of the CMV promoterand adds nine codons to the 5′ end as a result being in-frame with theKozak translation start consensus. FIG. 71 Transfection: CHO-K1 cellswere plated in 35 mm 6-well plates at 2.5×104 cells/well and transfectedthe following day with 1 ug pTriEx3 Neo SK DNA from each of threedifferent bacterial clones using FuGENE 6 transfection reagent (RocheDiagnostics Corporation) and the manufacturer's recommendations. Cellswere passaged 24 hr later into 75 cm2 flasks and placed under antibioticselection (400 ug/ml G-418, Calbiochem).

3. Testing Functionality

Basic test protocol: Cells were plated at 5×104/well into 96-wellpoly-D-lysine assay plates (BD Biosciences) and placed at 37 C/5% CO2the day before testing. Culture medium was aspirated and replaced with0.4× blue membrane potential dye (Molecular Devices Corporation) inassay buffer and incubated for 1 hour at RT. The assay was run byreading baseline fluorescence for 20 sec, and reading an additional 60or 180 sec after activation.

Pool testing: Once selection was complete (about 10 days) the cells werepassaged again into assay plates and culture vessels for expansion. Thethree transfection pools were tested for function using 1 uM [final]ionomycin (a Ca2+ ionophore) as an activator. Pool 3 (clone SK3) showedthe expected hyperpolarization in response to presumptive Ca2+ influx.FIG. 72

4. Assay Protocol Assay Buffer (Prepared Fresh Daily):

Stock solution Final concentration   1M KCl 1 mM   1M CaCl2 2.3 mM 0.5MNaHCO3 5 mM   1M MgCl2 1 mM   5M NaCl 154 mM   1M D(+)glucose 5.5 mM  1M HEPES pH 7.4 20 mM

Stock solutions can be sterile-filtered and stored indefinitely at roomtemperature, with the exception of glucose, which is stored at 4° C. Theassay buffer is prepared by starting with 0.8 volume of high-qualitywater; adding stock components to the final concentration, and adjustingthe volume. The solution is sterile-filtered and the pH adjusted to 7.4with IN NaOH.

A 10 mM ionomycin (MW=709) stock is prepared by dissolving the powder inDMSO to a final concentration of 7.1 mg/ml. This solution is stored at4° C. and is stable for one year.

Activation solution (5×) is prepared by adding 10 mM ionomycin to assaybuffer to a final concentration of 5 uM (1:2000 dilution). This solutionshould be prepared fresh daily. We have heard reports of ionomycinsticking to certain types of polypropylene, but have not seen this withthe tips, tubes and compound plates we are using, with the exception ofthe black FLIPR Tetra 96-well tips.

This assay was developed using the Molecular Devices blue membranepotential dye at 0.4× the normal concentration. It is important tovortex the dye upon hydration and rinse the vial repeatedly to ensurethat all the dye has been recovered and that it is in solution. The dyecan be stored during the day at 4°. Dye loading is carried out byflipping the culture medium from the 96-well poly-D-lysine plate, gentlytapping the plate on Kimwipes to remove excess medium, replacing it with180 ul 0.4× dye per well, and incubating in the dark at room temperature(25° C.-28° C.) for 3-5 hr. The assay plate is now ready for testingwhich comprises a 20 ul (10×) first addition and 50 ul (5×) secondaddition. 50 uM propafenone [final] is used as a control inhibitor. Theassay is read for three minutes after activation to allow maximum windowdevelopment relative to controls.

Special reagents: lonomycin, free acid (Calbiochem #407950)

-   -   Propafenone hydrochloride (Sigma # P4670)

5. Cloning:

Cells from pool 3 were diluted to 12 cells/ml and 250 ul was dispensedinto each well of two 96-well culture plates. Wells containing a singleclone were identified after one week's growth and picked for expansionand testing the following week.

Clone screening: Fifteen individual clones were screened for functionusing the same conditions as pool testing. The time and extent ofmaximum hyperpolarization as well as a measurement of the sustainabilityof the hyperpolarization were used to select the best performing clonesfor further evaluation.

6. Functional Validation

An experiment was undertaken to examine the response to elimination ofexternal Ca2+. If the channel is indeed activated by the import of Ca2+by ionomycin, then removing Ca2+ from the outside of the cell shouldreduce the differential response. FIG. 73

Conclusion: Elimination of Ca2+ from the assay buffer reduced maximumhyperpolarization to within 20% of wildtype and abolished thedifferential response altogether by timepoint 120 sec. Therefore, theSK-expressing cells require Ca2+ for full response, indicating aCa2+-dependent activation.

7. Activation Optimization/EC50

Tests were conducted to determine the optimal concentration of ionomycinin the activation buffer needed to produce a robust signal with a largeresponse window relative to controls. The EC50 for ionomycin on SK3 wascalculated in three separate experiments, yielding a value of 200 nM(SD=10). There was no increase in the size of the response windowrelative to controls above 800 nM ionomycin. These results correspond toliterature values of 1 uM for full activation of Ca2+-dependent channels(Terstappen et al., 2001. Neuropharmacology 40).

Sample data: FIG. 74

pTX-CHO is a mock transfected cell line, i.e. a cell line transfectedwith vector that does not contain the gene of interest to show anyactivity in screening is due to the gene of interest and not the vector.

8. Variability in Relation to Dye Loading Time

Tests were conducted to examine the assay window size relative to dyeloading time. 24 wells each SK3-9 and pTx-CHO were loaded at roomtemperature for the times indicated on the following chart, up to nearlyfive hours: FIG. 75

The window size stabilized at maximum after 3 hours and variabilityamong wells was reduced (data not shown). Based on these results, a dyeload time of 3-5 hours is recommended for screening.

9. DMSO Tolerance

Cells responded predictably to increasing levels of DMSO in the first(10×) addition with increased instability and a narrowing of the assaywindow. Additions resulting in DMSO levels above 0.2% showed severeperturbations after ionomycin activation. FIG. 76

10. Ionomycin Stability

An experiment was conducted (data not shown) to examine the stability ofionomycin in solution. Ionomycin was diluted to 5 uM in assay buffer,loaded into a compound plate and compared with freshly-preparedionomycin for SK activation the following day. The freshly-preparedionomycin yielded a statistically significant 6% increase in assaywindow size, so our recommendation is for freshly-prepared ionomycin.

11. Statistical Tests

The following half-plate data (FIG. 77) was used to calculate twostatistical parameters from timepoint 260 sec using zero baseline with alag time of 80 sec.

t-test: The two-tailed P value is less than 0.0001. Therefore, theprobability of the differential response occurring by chance isessentially zero.

Z′-factor data table (units are −K RFUs, n=24):

SK3-9 220 205 217 218 215 208 239 227 223 224 217 224 250 236 238 228224 237 250 240 266 243 233 239 AVE 230 STD 14 pTx-CHO −10 −5 9 2 15 −2132 20 25 15 20 5 32 28 27 18 26 38 50 34 38 36 31 41 AVE 22 STD 16Z′-factor 0.56

This statistic places the test in the “an excellent assay” category

(Zhang et al., 1999. Journal of Biomolecular Screening 4. A SimpleStatistical Parameter for Use in Evaluation and Validation of HighThroughput Screening Assays).

12. Ion Channel Library Testing

The DmSK3 clone was tested at 10 uM on a set of 71 compounds comprisedof known activators, agonists and inhibitors across the major ionchannel types (BIOMOL #2805, Ion Channel Ligand Library). Cells wereincubated with compound for 1 min before activation by 1 uM ionomycin.

Summary of Results

Seventeen of the 71 compounds (24%) had a clear effect on the responseof the cells to ionomycin. Of these, nine (13%) appeared to beinhibitory to hyperpolarization and eight (11%) had an activator/agonisteffect on response. In general terms, DmSK3 tended to respond tocompounds involved in Ca2+ movements and were relatively insensitive toK+ and Na+ channel modulators (with some exceptions).

Selected Results (from SK3 Testing)

BAY K-8644 L-type Ca2+ channel agonist FIG. 78

Propafenone Efficacious potassium channel blocker. FIG. 79

TEA (SK3) (Tetraethylammonium) FIG. 80

4-AP (SK3-4) (4-aminopyridine) FIG. 81

propafenone (SK3) FIG. 82

13. Apamin Sensitivity

Mammalian SK channels are characterized by their sensitivity to thepeptide toxin apamin, from bee venom. We found DmSK to beapamin-insensitive, even at high dose (10 uM, data not shown).

14. SK Expression in CHO Cells Tested with the Patch-Clamp Technique

Materials and Methods Cells:

Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells stably transfected with a DrosophilaSK gene were used for all measurements. Cells were plated in 35 mm Petridishes 18-22 hours before the experiment.

Electrophysiology:

Data were acquired and analyzed using pClamp software (version9.0.1.16). The whole-cell configuration of the patch-clamp technique wasused to voltage clamp cells at room temperature (22-25° C.). Pipetteswere pulled from borosilicate glass capillaries (8250, Garner Glass,Claremont, Calif.) using a DMZ Universal Puller (Zeitz, Munich, Germany)and had resistances of 2-3 MOhm when filled with pipette solution andmeasured in bath solution. The liquid junction potential between bathand pipette solution was always compensated before the formation of agigaohm seal.

Membrane current was measured under whole-cell clamp, sampled at 2 kHzand filtered at 1 kHz by an Axoclamp 200B (Axon Instruments).Capacitance currents were electronically compensated at the beginning ofeach experiment. Due to the linear nature of the IV-curve, leakcorrection was not applied.

To study SK currents on CHO cells, cells were held at −40 mV and afamily of 200 ms test voltage pulses were applied starting from −100 to+130 mV in 10 mV increments every 2 sec. The amplitude, as measured forthe current-voltage relationship, was defined as the maximal outwardcurrent at a given depolarizing potential.

Inhibitors were added directly to the bath solution.

Bath solution: pipette solution: mM mM KCl 30 KCl 140 NaCl 110 MgCl2 1MgCl2 1 CaCl2 1 CaCl2 0.1 HEPES 10 HEPES 10 pH 7.2 pH 7.2 (with NaOH)(with KOH) 295 mOsm 280 mOsm

Results

Experiment: Test of DmSK expression in CHO cells (Clone SK) FIG. 83

Conclusion:

CHO cells transfected with the DmSK gene (clone SK) show functionalexpression of the channels.

Experiment: Effect of Propafenone on DmSK expressing CHO cells (CloneSK)

Purpose: To confirm the results obtained with the plate-basedFlexStation II and FLIPR experimental procedure, cells were subjected to70 uM Propafenone, under whole-cell patch clamp conditions. FIG. 85Conclusion:

The DmSK-A2 channels are completely blocked by the addition of 70 uMPropafenone.

15. Xenopus laevis Oocyte Expression of the DmSK Potassium Channel

Purpose: To utilize the oocyte two-electrode voltage clamp expressionsystem to assay functional expression of the voltage-gated Drosophilamelanogaster small-conductance calcium-activated potassium channel (SK)within Xenopus laevis oocytes.

Ovarian lobes freshly harvested from a Xenopus laevis frog were orderedfrom NASCO (Fort Atkinson, Wis.).

Oocytes were isolated with 1.5 mg/ml collagenase Type 1A in 20 ml ofcalcium-free OR-2 oocyte buffer at room temperature.

Stage V-VI oocytes were injected with 50 nl of in vitro transcribed DmSKRNA (1 ug/ul) using a Drummond Nanoject Injector (pCRII-SK2+4D plasmidlinearized with HindIII and transcribed using the Ambion T7 mMessagemMachine transcription kit).

Oocytes were incubated at 18° C. for 2 days in supplemented ND-96.

Channel expression was assayed using two-electrode voltage clamp(borosilicate glass 1.5 mm×1.12 mm filled with 3M KCl) through a TurboTec 10C Amplifier (NPI Instruments) connected to an Apple PowerMac G3via an ADInstruments PowerLab system.

Injected oocytes with resting potentials greater than −30 mV wereclamped at +5 mV and perfused with ND-96 bath solution (96 mM NaCl, 2 mMKCl, 1 mM MgCl2, 0.3 mM CaCl2, 5 mM HEPES at pH 7.5 and 230 mOsm)Currents measured were filtered at 2 kHz and with a 50/60 Hz Hum-Bugnoise eliminator.

SK channels were activated with intracellular injection of 100 mMcadmium chloride (9.2 nl) using the nanobject while clamped. Measuredcurrents were compared to published results of SK activation withinoocytes (FIG. 85).

Results:

Initial evaluation of the functional expression of the DmSK Channelwithin the oocyte expression system produced outward currents activatedby at least three 9.2 nl injections of cadmium chloride inside theoocytes. Compared to the results examined using expression of rat SK(ref. 4), this insect SK channel appears to require more calcium-likeactivation (28 nl of 100 mM CdCl2).

A reference graph of activity of rat SK channel in oocyte expressionsystem from Grunnet et al. Journal of Neuroscience Methods 2004 isreproduced in FIG. 92.

1-19. (canceled)
 20. A method for identifying an insecticidal activecompound that reduces the activity of a G-protein coupled receptor(GPCR) with the activity of an octopamine receptor, which methodcomprises: a) assembling in a membrane a polypeptide with the activityof an octopamine receptor which is originally not present in saidmembrane; b) applying at one side of the membrane a compound suspectedof having the ability to inhibit the activity of said polypeptide whichis originally not present said membrane; c) determining the activity ofsaid polypeptide; and d) identifying the compound applied in (b) thatreduces the activity of said polypeptide as an insect-controllingcompound, wherein the polypeptide has the activity of an octopaminereceptor selected from the group consisting of oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2Rand Oct-beta-3R, and such receptor is from a species selected from thegroup consisting of Drosophila melanogaster, Myzus persicae, andTribolium castaneum.
 21. The method of claim 20, wherein a gene codingfor the polypeptide is expressed in a host cell and the polypeptide isassembled in the membrane of the host cell.
 22. The method of claim 20,wherein the polypeptide is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule selectedfrom the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding apolypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158,162, 166, 170 or 174; b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO:129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 or 173; c) anucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 or 174;d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule of b); e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptidehaving at least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of thepolypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c); f) anucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule of(a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions; g) a nucleic acidmolecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolated with the aid ofmonoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against a polypeptide encodedby one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e) and having theactivity of an octopamine G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) and thereceptor is selected from the group consisting of oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2Rand Oct-beta-3R, and such receptor is from a species selected from thegroup consisting of Drosophila melanogaster, Myzus persicae, andTribolium castaneum; h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptidecomprising the consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 or179, or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ IDNO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192,193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220,221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and 226; i) nucleic acid molecule whichcomprises a polynucleotide, which is obtained by amplifying a cDNAlibrary or a genomic library using the primers selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140; 143, 144; 147,148; 151, 152; 155, 156; 159, 160; 163, 164; 167, 168; 171, 172, 175,and 176; and j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screeninga suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditionswith a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acidmolecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 200nucleotides of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a nucleic acidmolecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e).
 23. The method of claim20, wherein the activity of the polypeptide is determined byfluorescence measurement.
 24. The method of claim 21 wherein theactivity of the polypeptide is determined with calcium concentrationsensitive dyes.
 25. The method of claim 21 wherein the host cell is amammalian cell.
 26. The method of claim 25 wherein the host cell isselected from the group consisting of CHO-cells and HEK293 cells. 27.The method of claim 20, further comprising: e) treating insects,populations of insect pest or the location wherein insect pests are tobe controlled by applying to an insect pest, to a population of insectpests or to the location wherein said insect pest is to be controlled,an insect-controlling amount of the insect-controlling compoundidentified in step d); f) comparing the growth or the viability of thetreated insect pest or population of insect pests or of insects pest orpopulation of insect pests on said location with the growth andviability of untreated insects, population of insects or location ofinsects; and g) selecting the insect-controlling compounds that reducethe growth or the viability of the treated insect pest or population ofinsect pests or of insects pest or population of insect pests on saidlocation following application of the insect-controlling compound ofstep e).
 28. An assay system comprising a host organism, tissue, cellsor a cell digest thereof or a membrane, which has embedded, assembled,intercalated or incorporated a nucleic acid molecule selected from thegroup consisting of the nucleic acid molecules depicted in claim 22 and,based on the expression of the nucleic acid molecule, a polypeptidehaving the biological activity of a G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR)with the activity of an octopamine receptor selected from the groupconsisting of oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R and Oct-beta-3R, and such receptoris from a species selected from the group consisting of Drosophilamelanogaster, Myzus persicae, and Tribolium castaneum, for identifyinginsecticidally active compound that reduces the activity of a G-proteincoupled receptor (GPCR) with the activity of an octopamine receptorselected from the group consisting of oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2R andOct-beta-3R, and such receptor is from a species selected from the groupconsisting of Drosophila melanogaster, Myzus persicae, and Triboliumcastaneum.
 29. The assay system of claim 28 whereby the host organism isa stably transfected mammalian cell which expresses a nucleic acidmolecule selected from the group consisting of the nucleic acidmolecules as depicted in claim
 22. 30. The assay system of claim 29wherein the mammalian cell is selected from the group consisting ofCHO-cells, HEK293, COS, HeLa, NIH3T3, BAK21, Jurkat, CV-1, HepC-2-,Xenopus oocyte, Sf9, S2, Sf21, Hi5, Pc12, and U2OS.
 31. A method forkilling or inhibiting the growth or viability of an insect pestcomprising applying to the insect pest the compound identified in claim20.
 32. A nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of:a) a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide shown in 2, 6, 10,14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, b) a nucleic acid molecule shown in SEQ ID NO:129, 133, 137, 141, 145, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165, 169 or 173; c) anucleic acid molecule, which, as a result of the degeneracy of thegenetic code, can be derived from a polypeptide sequence according toSEQ ID NO: 130, 134, 138, 142, 146, 150, 154, 158, 162, 166, 170 or 174;d) a nucleic acid molecule having at least 50% identity with the nucleicacid molecule of b); e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptidehaving at least 50% identity with the amino acid sequence of thepolypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of (a) to (c); f) anucleic acid molecule which hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule of(a) to (c) under stringent hybridization conditions; g) a nucleic acidmolecule encoding a polypeptide which can be isolated with the aid ofmonoclonal or polyclonal antibodies made against a polypeptide encodedby one of the nucleic acid molecules of (a) to (e) and having theactivity of an octopamine G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) and thereceptor is selected from the group consisting of oa2, Oamb, Oct-beta-2Rand Oct-beta-3R, and such receptor is from a species selected from thegroup consisting of Drosophila melanogaster, Myzus persicae, andTribolium castaneum; h) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptidecomprising the consensus sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 177, 178 or179, or one or more motifs selected from the group consisting of SEQ IDNO: 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192,193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220,221, 222, 223, 224, 225 and 226; i) nucleic acid molecule whichcomprises a polynucleotide, which is obtained by amplifying a cDNAlibrary or a genomic library using the primers selected from the groupconsisting of SEQ ID NO: 131, 132; 135, 136; 139, 140; 143, 144; 147,148; 151, 152; 155, 156; 159, 160; 163, 164; 167, 168; 171, 172, 175,and 176; and j) a nucleic acid molecule which is obtainable by screeninga suitable nucleic acid library under stringent hybridization conditionswith a probe comprising a complementary sequence of a nucleic acidmolecule of (a) or (b) or with a fragment thereof, having at least 200nucleotides of a nucleic acid molecule complementary to a nucleic acidmolecule sequence characterized in (a) to (e).
 33. A transgenic cellcomprising a vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule according toclaim
 32. 34. A transgenic cell comprising a vector according to claim33.
 35. A transgenic cell comprising a nucleic acid molecule accordingto claim
 32. 36. A polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid moleculeaccording to claim 32.